You are on page 1of 202

3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.

Date: December 2005

Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for


cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Access Terminal

COPYRIGHT
3GPP2 and its Organizational Partners claim copyright in this document and individual Organizational
Partners may copyright and issue documents or standards publications in individual Organizational
Partner's name based on this document. Requests for reproduction of this document should be
directed to the 3GPP2 Secretariat at secretariat@3gpp2.org. Requests to reproduce individual
Organizational Partner's documents should be directed to that Organizational Partner. See
www.3gpp2.org for more information.

1
Copyright 2005 3GPP2.

2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v.1.0

CONTENTS

1 NOTES.........................................................................................................................xvii

2 NORMATIVE REFERENCES ........................................................................................ xviii

3 1 Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1-1

4 1.1 Scope .................................................................................................................. 1-1

5 1.2 Terms and Definitions ......................................................................................... 1-1

6 1.2.1 Definitions ..................................................................................................... 1-1

7 1.2.2 Terms ............................................................................................................ 1-9

8 1.3 HRPD Equations................................................................................................ 1-10

9 1.3.1 Transmit Power of the Sector........................................................................ 1-10

10 1.3.2 Received Signal Strength.............................................................................. 1-10

11 1.3.2.1 Single-Path Case .................................................................................... 1-10

12 1.3.2.2 Two-Path Case ....................................................................................... 1-10

13 1.3.2.3 Three-Path Case..................................................................................... 1-11

14 1.4 Tolerances......................................................................................................... 1-11

15 1.4.1 HRPD System Parameter Tolerances............................................................. 1-11

16 1.4.2 Measurement Tolerances.............................................................................. 1-11

17 2 Standard Radiated Emissions Measurement Procedure .............................................. 2-1

18 2.1 Standard Radiation Test Site ............................................................................... 2-1

19 2.2 Search Antenna................................................................................................... 2-1

20 2.3 Field-Strength Measurement................................................................................ 2-2

21 2.4 Frequency Range of Measurements ...................................................................... 2-2

22 2.5 Test Ranges......................................................................................................... 2-2

23 2.5.1 30-Meter Test Range ...................................................................................... 2-2

24 2.5.2 3-Meter Test Range ........................................................................................ 2-2

25 2.6 Radiated Signal Measurement Procedures ............................................................ 2-3

26 3 Physical Layer Receiver Minimum Standards ............................................................. 3-1

27 3.1 Frequency Coverage Requirements....................................................................... 3-1

28 3.2 Demodulation Requirements ................................................................................ 3-1

29 3.2.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in AWGN ........................................ 3-1

30 3.2.1.1 Definition................................................................................................. 3-1

i
3GPP2 C.P0033A v1.0

CONTENTS

1 3.2.1.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 3-1

2 3.2.1.3 . Minimum Standard................................................................................ 3-2

3 3.2.2 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel.......... 3-3

4 3.2.2.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 3-3

5 3.2.2.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 3-3

6 3.2.2.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 3-4

7 3.2.3 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels belonging to Different Power
8 Control Sets during Soft Handoff ............................................................................ 3-5

9 3.2.3.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 3-5

10 3.2.3.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 3-5

11 3.2.3.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 3-6

12 3.2.4 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels belonging to the Same Power
13 Control Set ............................................................................................................ 3-7

14 3.2.4.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 3-7

15 3.2.4.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 3-7

16 3.2.4.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 3-8

17 3.2.5 Demodulation of Reverse Power Control Channel during Soft Handoff ............. 3-8

18 3.2.5.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 3-8

19 3.2.5.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 3-9

20 3.2.5.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 3-10

21 3.2.6 Demodulation of ARQ Channel .................................................................... 3-11

22 3.2.6.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 3-11

23 3.2.6.2 Method of Measurement......................................................................... 3-11

24 3.2.6.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 3-11

25 3.2.7 Demodulation of Broadcast Channel ............................................................ 3-12

26 3.2.7.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 3-12

27 3.2.7.2 Method of Measurement......................................................................... 3-12

28 3.2.7.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 3-14

29 3.3 Receiver Performance ........................................................................................ 3-14

30 3.3.1 Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range ...................................................... 3-15

31 3.3.1.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 3-15

ii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v.1.0

CONTENTS

1 3.3.1.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-15

2 3.3.1.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-15

3 3.3.2 Single Tone Desensitization.......................................................................... 3-16

4 3.3.2.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-16

5 3.3.2.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-16

6 3.3.2.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-17

7 3.3.3 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation .......................................... 3-17

8 3.3.3.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-18

9 3.3.3.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-18

10 3.3.3.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-20

11 3.3.4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity ........................................................................ 3-20

12 3.3.4.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-20

13 3.3.4.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-20

14 3.3.4.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-21

15 3.3.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics ................................................................. 3-21

16 3.3.5.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-21

17 3.3.5.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-21

18 3.3.5.3 Minimum Standards .............................................................................. 3-23

19 3.4 Limitations on Emissions................................................................................... 3-23

20 3.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions .................................................................... 3-23

21 3.4.1.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-23

22 3.4.1.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-23

23 3.4.1.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-24

24 3.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions....................................................................... 3-24

25 3.4.2.1 Definition............................................................................................... 3-24

26 3.4.2.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 3-24

27 3.4.2.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 3-25

28 4 Physical Layer Transmitter Minimum Standards ........................................................ 4-1

29 4.1 Frequency Requirements ..................................................................................... 4-1

30 4.1.1 Frequency Coverage ....................................................................................... 4-1

31 4.1.2 Frequency Accuracy....................................................................................... 4-1

iii
3GPP2 C.P0033A v1.0

CONTENTS

1 4.1.2.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-1

2 4.1.2.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-1

3 4.1.2.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 4-1

4 4.2 Modulation Requirements.................................................................................... 4-2

5 4.2.1 Time Reference .............................................................................................. 4-2

6 4.2.1.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-2

7 4.2.1.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-2

8 4.2.1.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 4-3

9 4.2.2 Waveform Quality and Frequency Accuracy.................................................... 4-3

10 4.2.2.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-3

11 4.2.2.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-3

12 4.2.2.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 4-3

13 4.3 RF Output Power Requirements........................................................................... 4-4

14 4.3.1 Range of Open Loop Output Power ................................................................. 4-4

15 4.3.1.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-4

16 4.3.1.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-4

17 4.3.1.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 4-5

18 4.3.2 Time Response of Open Loop Power Control ................................................... 4-6

19 4.3.2.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-6

20 4.3.2.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-6

21 4.3.2.3 Minimum Standard.................................................................................. 4-7

22 4.3.3 Range of Closed Loop Power Control............................................................... 4-8

23 4.3.3.1 Definition ................................................................................................ 4-8

24 4.3.3.2 Method of Measurement........................................................................... 4-8

25 4.3.3.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 4-10

26 4.3.4 Maximum RF Output Power......................................................................... 4-11

27 4.3.4.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 4-11

28 4.3.4.2 Method of Measurement......................................................................... 4-11

29 4.3.4.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 4-12

30 4.3.5 Minimum Controlled Output Power .............................................................. 4-14

31 4.3.5.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 4-14

iv
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v.1.0

CONTENTS

1 4.3.5.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 4-14

2 4.3.5.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 4-14

3 4.3.6 Standby Output Power ................................................................................. 4-14

4 4.3.6.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-14

5 4.3.6.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 4-14

6 4.3.6.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 4-15

7 4.3.7 RRI Channel Output Power .......................................................................... 4-15

8 4.3.7.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-15

9 4.3.7.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 4-15

10 4.3.7.3 Minimum Standard ................................................................................ 4-16

11 4.3.8 Code Domain Power ..................................................................................... 4-16

12 4.3.8.1 DRC Channel Output Power ................................................................... 4-16

13 4.3.8.1.1 Definition ......................................................................................... 4-16

14 4.3.8.1.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................... 4-16

15 4.3.8.1.3 Minimum Standard .......................................................................... 4-17

16 4.3.8.2 ACK Channel Output Power.................................................................... 4-17

17 4.3.8.2.1 Definition ......................................................................................... 4-17

18 4.3.8.2.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................... 4-17

19 4.3.8.2.3 Minimum Standard .......................................................................... 4-18

20 4.3.8.3 Data Channel Output Power ................................................................... 4-18

21 4.3.8.3.1 Definition ......................................................................................... 4-18

22 4.3.8.3.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................... 4-18

23 4.3.8.3.3 Minimum Standard .......................................................................... 4-20

24 4.3.8.4 DSC Channel Output Power ................................................................... 4-23

25 4.3.8.4.1 Definition ......................................................................................... 4-23

26 4.3.8.4.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................... 4-23

27 4.3.8.4.3 Minimum Standard .......................................................................... 4-23

28 4.4 Limitations on Emissions................................................................................... 4-23

29 4.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions .................................................................... 4-23

30 4.4.1.1 Definition............................................................................................... 4-23

31 4.4.1.2 Method of Measurement ......................................................................... 4-23

v
3GPP2 C.P0033A v1.0

CONTENTS

1 4.4.1.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 4-24

2 4.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions ...................................................................... 4-29

3 4.4.3 Occupied Bandwidth ................................................................................... 4-29

4 4.4.3.1 Definition .............................................................................................. 4-29

5 4.4.3.2 Method of Measurement......................................................................... 4-29

6 4.4.3.3 Minimum Standard................................................................................ 4-29

7 5 MAC Layer Minimum Standards................................................................................ 5-1

8 5.1 Control Channel Supervision ............................................................................... 5-1

9 5.1.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 5-1

10 5.1.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 5-1

11 5.1.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 5-2

12 5.2 Data Rate Control Performance ........................................................................... 5-2

13 5.2.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 5-2

14 5.2.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 5-2

15 5.2.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 5-3

16 5.3 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel during Soft Handoff ............................. 5-4

17 5.3.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 5-4

18 5.3.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 5-4

19 5.3.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 5-8

20 5.4 Supervision Procedures in Variable Rate State ..................................................... 5-8

21 5.4.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 5-8

22 5.4.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 5-9

23 5.4.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 5-9

24 5.5 Access Probes Output Power.............................................................................. 5-10

25 5.5.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 5-10

26 5.5.2 Method of Measurement .............................................................................. 5-10

27 5.5.3 Minimum Standard ..................................................................................... 5-12

28 5.6 Reverse Traffic Channel Initial Transmit Power .................................................. 5-13

29 5.6.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 5-13

30 5.6.2 Method of Measurement .............................................................................. 5-13

31 5.6.3 Minimum Standard ..................................................................................... 5-14

vi
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v.1.0

CONTENTS

1 5.7 Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power ............................................................ 5-15

2 5.7.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 5-15

3 5.7.2 Method of Measurement............................................................................... 5-15

4 5.7.3 Minimum Standard...................................................................................... 5-19

5 5.8 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC rate transition probabilities................................... 5-22

6 5.8.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 5-22

7 5.8.2 Method of Measurement............................................................................... 5-22

8 5.8.3 Minimum Standard...................................................................................... 5-22

9 5.9 Maximum Traffic-to-Pilot Power Ratio................................................................. 5-23

10 5.9.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 5-23

11 5.9.2 Method of Measurement............................................................................... 5-23

12 5.9.3 Minimum Standard...................................................................................... 5-24

13 6 Connection Layer Minimum Standards ...................................................................... 6-1

14 6.1 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode ......................................................... 6-1

15 6.1.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 6-1

16 6.1.2 Method of Measurement................................................................................. 6-1

17 6.1.3 Minimum Standard........................................................................................ 6-3

18 6.2 Idle Handoff in Slotted Operation Mode ................................................................ 6-4

19 6.2.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 6-4

20 6.2.2 Method of Measurement................................................................................. 6-4

21 6.2.3 Minimum Standard........................................................................................ 6-5

22 6.3 Neighbor Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff..................... 6-6

23 6.3.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 6-6

24 6.3.2 Method of Measurement................................................................................. 6-6

25 6.3.3 Minimum Standard........................................................................................ 6-8

26 6.4 Candidate Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff................... 6-9

27 6.4.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 6-9

28 6.4.2 Method of Measurement................................................................................. 6-9

29 6.4.3 Minimum Standard...................................................................................... 6-12

30 6.5 Active Set Pilot Loss Detection in Soft Handoff.................................................... 6-12

31 6.5.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 6-12

vii
3GPP2 C.P0033A v1.0

CONTENTS

1 6.5.2 Method of Measurement .............................................................................. 6-12

2 6.5.3 Minimum Standard ..................................................................................... 6-15

3 6.6 Hard Handoff to another Frequency ................................................................... 6-15

4 6.6.1 Definition .................................................................................................... 6-15

5 6.6.2 Method of Measurement .............................................................................. 6-16

6 6.6.3 Minimum Standard ..................................................................................... 6-17

7 7 Environmental Requirements .................................................................................... 7-1

8 7.1 Temperature and Power Supply Voltage ............................................................... 7-1

9 7.1.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 7-1

10 7.1.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 7-1

11 7.1.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 7-2

12 7.2 High Humidity .................................................................................................... 7-2

13 7.2.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 7-2

14 7.2.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 7-2

15 7.2.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 7-3

16 7.3 Vibration Stability ............................................................................................... 7-3

17 7.3.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 7-3

18 7.3.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 7-3

19 7.3.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 7-3

20 7.4 Shock Stability.................................................................................................... 7-3

21 7.4.1 Definition ...................................................................................................... 7-3

22 7.4.2 Method of Measurement ................................................................................ 7-3

23 7.4.3 Minimum Standard ....................................................................................... 7-4

24 8 Standard Test Conditions.......................................................................................... 8-1

25 8.1 Standard Equipment ........................................................................................... 8-1

26 8.1.1 Basic Equipment ........................................................................................... 8-1

27 8.1.2 Associated Equipment ................................................................................... 8-1

28 8.2 Standard Environmental Test Conditions............................................................. 8-1

29 8.3 Standard Conditions for the Primary Power Supply .............................................. 8-1

30 8.3.1 General ......................................................................................................... 8-1

31 8.3.2 Standard DC Test Voltage from Accumulator Batteries ................................... 8-1

viii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v.1.0

CONTENTS

1 8.3.3 Standard AC Voltage and Frequency............................................................... 8-2

2 8.4 Standard Test Equipment .................................................................................... 8-2

3 8.4.1 Standard Channel Simulator.......................................................................... 8-2

4 8.4.1.1 Standard Channel Simulator Configurations............................................. 8-4

5 8.4.2 Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment ................................................... 8-5

6 8.4.2.1 Rho Meter ................................................................................................ 8-5

7 8.4.2.2 Code Domain Measurement Equipment .................................................... 8-8

8 8.4.3 Access Network Simulator ............................................................................ 8-12

9 8.4.3.1 Transmitter............................................................................................ 8-12

10 8.4.3.2 Receiver ................................................................................................. 8-13

11 8.4.3.3 Protocol Support .................................................................................... 8-13

12 8.4.3.4 Timing Signals ....................................................................................... 8-13

13 8.4.3.5 General Requirements ............................................................................ 8-13

14 8.4.4 AWGN Generator ......................................................................................... 8-14

15 8.4.5 CW Generator .............................................................................................. 8-15

16 8.4.6 Spectrum Analyzer....................................................................................... 8-15

17 8.4.7 Average Power Meter .................................................................................... 8-16

18 8.5 Functional System Setups ................................................................................. 8-17

19 8.5.1 Functional Block Diagrams .......................................................................... 8-17

20 8.5.2 General Comments ...................................................................................... 8-20

21 8.6 Error Rates Measurement .................................................................................. 8-25

22 8.6.1 Control Channel PER ................................................................................... 8-25

23 8.6.2 Forward Traffic Channel PER ....................................................................... 8-26

24 8.6.3 BCMCS PER ................................................................................................ 8-26

25 8.7 Throughput Calculation..................................................................................... 8-26

26 8.8 Confidence Interval............................................................................................ 8-27

27 8.8.1 Confidence Level of Error Rate...................................................................... 8-27

28 8.8.2 Confidence on Power Measurement During Fading........................................ 8-29

29 8.8.3 Confidence level of Detection Time................................................................ 8-32

30 ANNEX A SELECTED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLES .................................A-1

31 A.1 Demodulation Requirements................................................................................A-1

ix
3GPP2 C.P0033A v1.0

CONTENTS

1 A.1.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in AWGN ....................................... A-1

2 A.1.1.1 Method of Measurement .......................................................................... A-1

3 A.1.1.2 Minimum Standard ................................................................................. A-7

4 A.1.2 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel ....... A-11

5 A.1.2.1 Method of Measurement ........................................................................ A-11

6 A.1.2.2 Minimum Standard ............................................................................... A-20

7 A.1.3 Demodulation of ARQ Channel .................................................................... A-26

8 A.1.3.1 Method of Measurement ........................................................................ A-26

9 A.1.3.2 Minimum Standard ............................................................................... A-26

10 A.1.4 Demodulation of Broadcast Channel ............................................................ A-27

11 A.1.4.1 Method of Measurement ........................................................................ A-27

12 A.1.4.2 Minimum Standard ............................................................................... A-30

x
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

FIGURES

1 Figure 3.2.5.2-1. Demodulation of Reverse Power Control Channel During Soft Handoff 3-10
2 Figure 4.3.2.3-1. Upper and Lower Limits for Open Loop Power Control Step Response for
3 Pin = 20 dB............................................................................................................. 4-8

4 Figure 5.3.2-1. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff (Tests 1 and 2)
5 .............................................................................................................................. 5-7

6 Figure 5.3.2-2. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff (Test 3) ....... 5-7

7 Figure 5.3.2-3. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff (Test 4) ....... 5-8

8 Figure 5.9.2-1. PilotStrength in Maximum Traffic-to-Pilot Power Ratio test ................... 5-23

9 Figure 6.1.2-1 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode (Test 1) ................................ 6-3

10 Figure 6.1.2-2 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode (Test 2) ................................ 6-3

11 Figure 6.2.2-1. Idle Handoff for Slotted Operation Mode ................................................. 6-5

12 Figure 6.3.2-1. Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Tests 1 and 2)............................................ 6-8

13 Figure 6.3.2-2. Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 3) ........................................ 6-8

14 Figure 6.4.2-1. Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1) ................................................... 6-11

15 Figure 6.4.2-2. Candidate Set Incorrect Detection (Test 2) ............................................ 6-11

16 Figure 6.5.2-1. Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Tests 2 and 3) ...................................... 6-15

17 Figure 8.4.1-1. Autocorrelation Coefficient of the Phase.................................................. 8-3

18 Figure 8.4.2.2-1. Block diagram for Waveform Quality and Code Domain Power Coefficients
19 Calculation ........................................................................................................... 8-12

20 Figure 8.5.1-1. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Fading Channel with Full
21 Packet Activity ...................................................................................................... 8-17

22 Figure 8.5.1-2. Functional Set-up for Tests in Soft Handoff .......................................... 8-18

23 Figure 8.5.1-3. Functional Set-up for Searcher Tests in Handoff................................... 8-19

24 Figure 8.5.1-4. Functional Set-up for Tests without Fading .......................................... 8-19

25 Figure 8.5.1-5. Functional Set-up for Test for Adjacent Channel Selectivity .................. 8-20

26 Figure 8.8.1-1. Rate Ratio Bound as a Function of Number of Errors (K) for 95% Confidence
27 ............................................................................................................................ 8-28

28 Figure 8.8.1-2. Rate Ratio Bound as a Function of Number of Errors (K) for 90% Confidence
29 ............................................................................................................................ 8-28

30 Figure 8.8.1-3. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of PER = 0.01............................. 8-29

31 Figure 8.8.1-4. Test Requirement for 90% Confidence of PER = 0.1............................... 8-29

32 Figure 8.8.2-5. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band Class 5 and
33 11 ........................................................................................................................ 8-30

xi
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

FIGURES

1 Figure 8.8.2-6. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band Classes 0, 2,
2 3, 7, 9, 10 and 12 .................................................................................................. 8-31

3 Figure 8.8.2-7. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band Classes 1, 4,
4 6 and 8 ................................................................................................................. 8-31

xii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

TABLES

1 Table 3.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range ............... 3-15

2 Table 3.3.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Single Tone Desensitization .................................. 3-17

3 Table 3.3.2.2-2. Minimum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power for Single Tone Desensitization
4 Test for Band Classes 1, 4 and 8 ........................................................................... 3-17

5 Table 3.3.2.2-3. Minimum Effective Radiated Power for Single Tone Desensitization Test for
6 Band Class 3. ....................................................................................................... 3-17

7 Table 3.3.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12
8 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) ............................ 3-19

9 Table 3.3.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Band Classes 1, 4 and 8 Intermodulation Spurious
10 Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) .................................................................... 3-19

11 Table 3.3.3.2-3. Test Parameters for Band Class 6 Intermodulation Spurious Response
12 Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2) ................................................................................... 3-19

13 Table 3.3.3.2-4. Test Parameters for Band Class 0 Intermodulation Spurious Response
14 Attenuation (Tests 3 and 4) ................................................................................... 3-20

15 Table 3.3.3.2-5. Test Parameters for Band Class 0 Intermodulation Spurious Response
16 Attenuation (Tests 5 and 6) ................................................................................... 3-20

17 Table 3.3.4.2-1. Test Parameters for Adjacent Channel Selectivity ................................ 3-21

18 Table 3.3.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (In-Band) .......... 3-22

19 Table 3.3.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (Out-Of-Band).. 3-23

20 Table 3.4.2.3-1. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band Classes 0, 1, 7,
21 and 10.................................................................................................................. 3-25

22 Table 3.4.2.3-2. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band Classes 2, 3, 4,
23 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, and 12 ............................................................................................ 3-25
24 Table 4.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters of or for Range of Open Loop Output Power................. 4-5

25 Table 4.3.1.3-1. Minimum Standards for Range of Open Loop Output Power................... 4-6

26 Table 4.3.4.3-1. Effective Radiated Power at Maximum Output Power ........................... 4-13

27 Table 4.4.1.3-1. Band Classes 0, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12 Transmitter Spurious Emission
28 Limits ................................................................................................................... 4-25

29 Table 4.4.1.3-2. Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits ..... 4-26

30 Table 4.4.1.3-3. Band Class 3 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits ........................... 4-27

31 Table 4.4.1.3-4. Additional Band Class 6 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits........... 4-28

32 Table 4.4.1.3-5. Additional Band Class 11 and 12 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits . 4-
33 28

34 Table 5.2.2-1. Test Parameters for DRC Performance (Part 1 of 2) ................................... 5-3

xiii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

TABLES
1 Table 5.2.2-2. Test Parameters for DRC Performance (Part 2 of 2) ................................... 5-3

2 Table 5.2.3-1. Minimum Standards for DRC Performance ............................................... 5-4

3 Table 5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft
4 Handoff ................................................................................................................... 5-6

5 Table 5.7.3-1 Minimum Standard for Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power (Subtype 0
6 RTC MAC) ............................................................................................................. 5-20

7 Table 5.7.3-2 Minimum Standard for Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power (Subtype 2
8 RTC MAC) ............................................................................................................. 5-21

9 Table 5.9.2-1 Test Parameters for TxT2Pmax ................................................................ 5-23

10 Table 6.1.2-1 Parameters for Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode ....................... 6-2

11 Table 6.2.2-1 Parameters for Idle Handoff in Slotted Operation Mode .............................. 6-5

12 Table 6.3.2-1 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 1)............................ 6-7

13 Table 6.3.2-2 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 2)............................ 6-7

14 Table 6.3.2-3 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 3) ............ 6-7

15 Table 6.4.2-1 Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1)........................ 6-10

16 Table 6.4.2-2 Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 2) ........ 6-10

17 Table 6.5.2-1 Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Incorrect Loss Detect (Test 1)............. 6-14

18 Table 6.5.2-2 Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Tests 2 and 3) .......... 6-14

19 Table 6.6.2-1 Test Parameters for HRPD to HRPD Hard Handoff.................................... 6-17

20 Table 7.1.1-1. Temperature Ranges ................................................................................ 7-1

21 Table 8.4.1.1-1. Standard Channel Simulator Configurations ......................................... 8-5

22 Table 8.4.2.1-1. Accuracy of Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment........................ 8-8

23 Table 8.4.2.2-1. Accuracy of Code Domain Measurement Equipment ............................ 8-11

24 Table 8.8.2-1. Minimum Test Duration Requirements ................................................... 8-32

25 Table A.1.1.1-1. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 1 of 10) ..............A-1

26 Table A.1.1.1-2. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 2 of 10) ..............A-2

27 Table A.1.1.1-3. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 3 of 10) ..............A-2

28 Table A.1.1.1-4. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 4 of 10) ..............A-3

29 Table A.1.1.1-5. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 5 of 10) ..............A-3

30 Table A.1.1.1-6. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 6 of 10) ..............A-4

31 Table A.1.1.1-7 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 7 of 10) ...............A-4

32 Table A.1.1.1-8 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 8 of 10) ...............A-5

xiv
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

TABLES

1 Table A.1.1.1-9 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 9 of 10)............... A-5

2 Table A.1.1.1-10 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 10 of 10) ........... A-6

3 Table A.1.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
4 (Part 1 of 7)............................................................................................................. A-7

5 Table A.1.1.2-2. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
6 (Part 2 of 7)............................................................................................................. A-8

7 Table A.1.1.2-3. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
8 (Part 3 of 7)............................................................................................................. A-8

9 Table A.1.1.2-4 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
10 (Part 4 of 7)............................................................................................................. A-9

11 Table A.1.1.2-5 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
12 (Part 5 of 7)........................................................................................................... A-10

13 Table A.1.1.2-6 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
14 (Part 6 of 7)........................................................................................................... A-10

15 Table A.1.1.2-7 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in AWGN
16 (Part 7 of 7)........................................................................................................... A-11

17 Table A.1.2.1-1. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 1, Part 1
18 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-11

19 Table A.1.2.1-2 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 1, Part 2
20 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-12

21 Table A.1.2.1-3. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 2, Part 1
22 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-12

23 Table A.1.2.1-4. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 2, Part 2
24 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-13

25 Table A.1.2.1-5. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 3, Part 1
26 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-13

27 Table A.1.2.1-6. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 3, Part 2
28 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-14

29 Table A.1.2.1-7. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 4, Part 1
30 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-14

31 Table A.1.2.1-8. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 4, Part 2
32 of 2)...................................................................................................................... A-15

33 Table A.1.2.1-9 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 5) ...... A-16

34 Table A.1.2.1-10 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in Fading
35 Channel (Case 6)................................................................................................... A-17

xv
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

TABLES
1 Table A.1.2.1-11 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation in Fading
2 Channel (Case 7) ...................................................................................................A-18

3 Table A.1.2.1-12 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation in Fading
4 Channel (Case 8) ...................................................................................................A-19

5 Table A.1.2.2-1. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in Fading
6 Channel (Case 1) ...................................................................................................A-20

7 Table A.1.2.2-2. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in Fading
8 Channel (Case 2) ...................................................................................................A-21

9 Table A.1.2.2-3. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in Fading
10 Channel (Case 3) ...................................................................................................A-22

11 Table A.1.2.2-4. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in Fading
12 Channel (Case 4) ...................................................................................................A-23

13 Table A.1.2.2-5 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel
14 (Case 5) .................................................................................................................A-24

15 Table A.1.2.2-6 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel
16 (Case 6) .................................................................................................................A-24

17 Table A.1.2.2-7 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel
18 (Case 7) .................................................................................................................A-25

19 Table A.1.2.2-8 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading Channel
20 (Case 8) .................................................................................................................A-25

xvi
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 NOTES

2 1. Access network refers to the network equipment providing data connectivity


3 between a packet switched data network (typically the Internet) and the access
4 terminals. Connectivity is typically provided at the Link Layer (PPP).

5 2. Sector refers to the part of the access network that provides the land-side modem.

6 3. This standard uses the following verbal forms: Shall and shall not identify
7 requirements to be followed strictly to conform to the standard and from which no
8 deviation is permitted. Should and should not indicate that one of several
9 possibilities is recommended as particularly suitable, without mentioning or
10 excluding others; that a certain course of action is preferred but not necessarily
11 required; or that (in the negative form) a certain possibility or course of action is
12 discouraged but not prohibited. May and need not indicate a course of action
13 permissible within the limits of the standard. Can and cannot are used for
14 statements of possibility and capability, whether material, physical, or causal.

15 4. Unless indicated otherwise, this document presents numbers in decimal form.


16 Binary numbers are distinguished in the text by the use of single quotation marks.

17 5. Those wishing to deploy systems compliant with this standard should also be
18 compliant with local radio regulations. For example, operation within the United
19 States of America shall comply with Parts 2, 15, 22, 24, and 27 of [6] and with the
20 applicable rules and regulations of local administrations.

21 6. The following operators define mathematical operations:

22 indicates multiplication.

23 / indicates division.

24 + indicates addition.

25 - indicates subtraction.

26 * indicates complex conjugation.

27 |x| indicates the absolute value of x: |-17|=17, |17|=17.

28 7. This Standard supports testing of access terminals compliant with [1] and
29 subsequent revisions.

30 8. The specification applies only to Band Classes 0 (Band Subclasses 0 and 1), 1, 2
31 (Band Subclasses 0, 1, and 2), 3, 4, 5 (Band Subclasses 0 through 7), 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
32 (Band Subclasses 0 through 4), 11 (Band Subclasses 0 through 5), and 12 (Band
33 Subclasses 0 and 1) as defined in [7]. Operation with other band classes and band
34 subclasses may not be supported by this specification.

xvii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 NORMATIVE REFERENCES

2 The following standards contain provisions that, through reference in this text, constitute
3 provisions of this Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated were valid. All
4 standards are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this Standard are
5 encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the
6 standards indicated below. ANSI and TIA maintain registers of currently valid national
7 standards published by them.

9 [1] 3GPP2 C.S0024-A Version 2, cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface
10 Specification.

11 [2] 3GPP2 C.S0032-A, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000


12 High Rate Packet Data Access Network.

13 [3] 3GPP2 C.S0029-A, Test Application Specification for cdma2000 High Rate Packet
14 Data Air Interface.

15 [4] 3GPP2 C.S0011-C, Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000


16 Spread Spectrum Mobile Stations.

17 [5] ANSI C63.4-2003, American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radi-
18 Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 9
19 kHz to 40 GHz, 2000.

20 [6] CFR Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, October 2004.

21 [7] 3GPP2 C.S0057-0, Band Class Specification for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum
22 Systems.

23 [8] 3GPP2 C.S0002-D, Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum
24 Systems.

25

xviii
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 1 INTRODUCTION

2 1.1 Scope

3 This Standard details definitions, methods of measurement, and minimum performance


4 characteristics for access terminals. This Standard shares the purpose of [1] by ensuring
5 that an access terminal can obtain service in any system that meets the compatibility
6 requirements of [1].

7 Compatibility, as used in connection with this Standard and [1], is understood to mean
8 that any access terminal is able to open data connections in HRPD system. Conversely, all
9 HRPD systems are able to open connections with any access terminal.

10 Test methods are recommended in this document; however, methods other than those
11 recommended may suffice for the same purpose.

12 The performance metrics in this Standard require an access terminal to provide a single
13 antenna connector for testing. Access terminals having multiple antenna, such as for
14 receive diversity, shall provide a single antenna connector for testing. If an access terminal
15 has more than one antenna connector, only one connector shall be used for testing.
16 Additional requirements specifically for multiple antenna configurations, i.e. receive
17 diversity, are for future study.

18 1.2 Terms and Definitions

19 1.2.1 Definitions

20 Access Attempt. A sequence of one or more access probe sequences on the Access
21 Channel that contain the same message. See also Access Probe and Access Probe
22 Sequence.

23 Access Channel. A Reverse Channel used by access terminals for communicating with the
24 access network. The Access Channel is used for sending signaling messages when the
25 access terminal has not been assigned a Traffic Channel. The Access Channel is a slotted
26 random access channel.

27 Access Channel Preamble. The preamble of an access probe consisting of a sequence of


28 frames of pilot transmission.

29 Access Network. The network equipment providing data connectivity between a packet
30 switched data network (typically the Internet) and the access terminals. An access network
31 is equivalent to a base station in [8].

32 Access Probe. One Access Channel transmission consisting of a preamble and a capsule.
33 The transmission is an integer number of frames in length and transmits one Access
34 Channel message. See also Access Probe Sequence and Access Attempt.

35 Access Probe Sequence. A sequence of one or more access probes on the Access Channel.
36 The same Access Channel message is transmitted in every access probe of an access
37 attempt. See also Access Probe and Access Attempt.

1-1
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Access Terminal. A device providing data connectivity to a user. An access terminal may
2 be connected to a computing device such as a laptop personal computer or it may be a
3 self-contained data device such as a personal digital assistant. An access terminal is
4 equivalent to a mobile station in [8].

5 Access Terminal Class. Access terminal classes define access terminals characteristics,
6 such as slotted operation and transmission power.

7 ACK Channel. The ACK Channel is used by the access terminal to inform the access
8 network whether a data packet transmitted on the Forward Traffic Channel has been
9 received successfully or not.

10 ACLR. See Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio.

11 Active Set. The set of pilots assigned to a particular access terminal.

12 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio (ACLR). The ratio of the on-channel transmit
13 power to the power measured in one of the adjacent channels with no active channel in the
14 adjacent channel.

15 ARQ Channel. The portion of the Forward MAC Channel that indicates to the access
16 terminal whether the access network can decode the FTC packet sent by the access
17 terminal.

18 Auxiliary Pilot Channel. The Auxiliary Pilot Channel is used by the access terminal to aid
19 reverse link channel estimation by the access network. This channel is not applicable to
20 Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer.

21 AWGN. Additive White Gaussian Noise.

22 Bad Packet. Forward Traffic Channel Physical Layer packet whose preamble was not
23 detected by the access terminal, or whose FCS did not check. The Forward Test Protocol of
24 the Test Application described in [3] has the means to count the number of bad packets
25 during a test.

26 Band Class. A set of frequency channels and a numbering scheme for these channels.

27 BCMCS. See Broadcast-Multicast Service

28 bps. Bits per second.

29 Broadcast-Multicast Service (BCMCS). A service in which data can be sent to multiple


30 access terminals simultaneously.

31 Broadcast Test Application Protocol (BTAP). A Test Application protocol allowing


32 BCMCS performance characterization. See [3].

33 BTAP. See Broadcast Test Application Protocol.

34 Candidate Set. The set of pilots that have been received with sufficient strength by the
35 access terminal to be successfully demodulated, but have not been placed in the Active Set
36 by the access network. See also Active Set and Neighbor Set.

37 Capsule. When referring to the Control Channel, the capsule is a block of data carried over
38 this channel that contains messages. When referring to the Access Channel, the capsule
39 corresponds to the portion of the probe that carries data.

1-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 CDM. Code Division Multiplexing.

2 CDMA. See Code Division Multiple Access.

3 CDMA Channel. The set of channels transmitted between the access network and the
4 access terminals within a given CDMA frequency assignment. See also Forward Channel
5 and Reverse Channel.

6 CDMA Channel Number. A number corresponding to the center of the CDMA frequency
7 assignment.

8 CDMA Frequency Assignment. A 1.23-MHz segment of spectrum. For Band Class 0, the
9 channel is centered on one of the 30 kHz channels of the existing analog cellular system.
10 For Band Classes 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 the channel is centered on one of the 50 kHz
11 channels. For Band Classes 2, 3, 10, 11 and 12, the channel is centered on one of the 25
12 kHz channels. For Band Class 5, the channel is centered on one of the 20 or 25 kHz
13 channels.

14 Code Channel. A subchannel of the Reverse Traffic Channel. Each subchannel uses an
15 orthogonal Walsh function.

16 Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). A technique for spread-spectrum multiple-access


17 digital communications that creates channels through the use of unique code sequences.

18 Connection Layer. The Connection Layer provides air link connection establishment and
19 maintenance service. The Connection Layer is defined in [1].

20 Continuous Operation Mode. An operation mode of the access terminal in which the
21 access terminal monitors the Control Channel at all the cycles.

22 Control Channel. The portion of the Forward Channel that carries control information.

23 Control Channel Capsule. A block of data carried over the Control Channel that contains
24 messages. See also Synchronous Control Channel Capsule.

25 Control Channel Cycle. The Control Channel cycle is defined as a 256-slot period
26 synchronous with System Time, i.e., there is an integer multiple of 256 slots between the
27 beginning of a cycle and the beginning of System Time.

28 CRC. See Cyclic Redundancy Code.

29 CW. Continuous Waveform.

30 Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC). A class of linear error detecting codes which generate
31 parity check bits by finding the remainder of a polynomial division.

32 Data Channel Payload Size. The number of information bits in a Reverse Data Channel
33 physical layer packet.

34 Data Rate Control Channel (DRC Channel). The Data Rate Control Channel is used by
35 the access terminal to indicate the access network the requested Forward Traffic Channel
36 data rate and the selected serving sector on the Forward Channel.

37 Data Source Channel Channel (DSC Channel). The Data Source Control Channel is used
38 by the access terminal to indicate to the access network the selected serving cell on the
39 Forward Channel. This channel is not applicable to Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer.

1-3
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 dBc. The ratio (in dB) of the sideband power of a signal, measured in a given bandwidth at
2 a given frequency offset from the center frequency of the same signal, to the total inband
3 power of the signal. For HRPD, the total in-band power of the signal is measured in a 1.23
4 MHz bandwidth around the center frequency of the signal.

5 dBm. A measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one milliwatt.

6 dBm/Hz. A measure of power spectral density. The ratio, dBm/Hz, is the power in one
7 Hertz of bandwidth, where power is expressed in units of dBm.

8 dBW. A measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one watt.

9 DRC Channel. See Data Rate Control Channel.

10 DRCLock Bit. A bit sent one out of every DRCLockPeriod slots on the Forward MAC
11 Channel that indicates whether the access network can decode the DRC sent by the access
12 terminal or not.

13 DRCLock Channel. The portion of the Forward MAC Channel that indicates to the access
14 terminal whether the access network can decode the DRC sent by the access terminal or
15 not. The DRCLock Channel and the RPC Channel are time-division multiplexed and
16 transmitted on the same MAC Channel.

17 DSC Channel. See Data Source Control Channel.


18 Eb. Average energy per information bit for the Control Channel or Forward Traffic Channel
19 at the access terminal antenna connector.
Eb
20
Nt . The ratio of the combined received energy per bit to the effective noise power spectral
21 density for the Control Channel or Forward Traffic Channel at the access terminal antenna
22 connector.
23 Ec. Average energy per PN chip over its TDM interval for the Pilot Channel, Forward
24 Medium Access Control (MAC) Channel, Control Channel or Forward Traffic Channel.

25 Effective Data Rate. The rate at which data is transmitted if every packet terminates after
26 a designated number of slots.

27 Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP). The product of the power supplied to the
28 antenna and the antenna gain in a direction relative to an isotropic antenna.

29 Effective Radiated Power (ERP). The product of the power supplied to the antenna and
30 the antenna gain relative to a half-wave dipole in a given direction.

31 EIRP. See Effective Isotropic Radiated Power.

32 ERP. See Effective Radiated Power.

33 FCS. See Frame Check Sequence.

34 FETAP. See Forward Enhanced Test Application Protocol.

35 Forward Channel. A CDMA Channel from an access network to access terminals. The
36 Forward Channel is transmitted on a CDMA frequency assignment using a particular pilot
37 PN offset.

1-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Forward Enhanced Test Application Protocol (FETAP). A Test Application protocll


2 allowing enhanced Forward Link performance characterizations. See [3].

3 Forward MAC Channel (MAC Channel). A Forward Channel used for medium access
4 control. Forward MAC Channel consists of the Reverse Power Control Channels, the
5 DRCLock Channel and the Reverse Activity Channel.

6 Forward Pilot Channel. An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal


7 transmitted every half slot in bursts of 96 chips centered at the middle of the half slot. The
8 Pilot Channel allows an access terminal to acquire the timing of the Forward Channel,
9 provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation, and provides means for signal
10 strength comparisons between sectors for determining when to handoff.

11 Forward Test Application Protocol (FTAP). A Test Application protocol allowing Forward
12 Link performance characterizations. See [3].

13 Forward Traffic Channel (FTC). A Forward Channel used to transport user and signaling
14 traffic from an access network to an access terminal.

15 Frame. A basic timing interval in the system. For the Access Channel, Control Channel,
16 and Forward and Reverse Traffic Channels, a frame is 26.66 ms long.

17 Frame Check Sequence (FCS). The Frame Check Sequence of the Physical Layer packets
18 is a CRC. See CRC.

19 FTC. See Forward Traffic Channel.

20 FTAP. See Forward Test Application Protocol.

21 GHz. Gigahertz (109 Hertz).

22 Handoff. The act of transferring communication with an access terminal from one sector
23 to another.

24 Hard Handoff. A handoff characterized by a temporary disconnection of the Traffic


25 Channel. Hard handoffs occur when the access terminal changes to a new CDMA
26 frequency. See also Soft Handoff.

27 High Rate Packet Data (HRPD). A CDMA technique optimized for data communications.

28 HRPD. See High Rate Packet Data.

29 Idle Handoff. The act of transferring reception of the Control Channel from one sector to
30 another, when the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default Route Update Protocol.
31 I0. The total received power spectral density, including signal and interference, as
32 measured at the access terminal antenna connector.
33 Ioc. The power spectral density of a band-limited white noise source (simulating
34 interference from other cells) as measured at the access terminal antenna connector.
35 Ior. The total transmit power spectral density of the Forward Channel at the sector
36 antenna connector.
37 or. The received power spectral density of the Forward Channel as measured at the access
38 terminal antenna connector.

1-5
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 kbps. Kilobits per second.

2 kHz. Kilohertz (103 Hertz).

3 km/h. Kilometers per hour.

4 MAC Channel. See Forward MAC Channel.

5 MHz. Megahertz (106 Hertz).

6 ms. Millisecond (10-3 second).

7 Neighbor Set. The set of pilots associated with the CDMA Channels that are probable
8 candidates for handoff. See also Active Set, and Candidate Set.

9 Nominal Data Rate. The rate at which data is transmitted if every packet takes the
10 maximum number of slots to transmit, i.e. no early termination.

11 ns. Nanosecond (10-9 second).


12 Nt. The effective noise power spectral density at the access terminal antenna connector.

13 Packet. Physical Layer protocol data unit.

14 Packet Activity. The ratio of the number of active slots to the total number of slots during
15 channel operation. See also 8.4.3.5.

16 PER. Packet Error Rate.


17 Piece-wise Linear PER Curve. A PER-versus-Eb/Nt curve in which the PER vertical axis is
18 in log scale and the Eb/Nt horizontal axis is in linear scale expressed in dB, obtained by
19 interpolating adjacent test data samples with straight lines.

20 Pilot Channel. An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal transmitted


21 continuously by the access networks, and during a connection by the access terminals. A
22 pilot channel provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation and may provide a
23 means for signal strength comparisons between sectors for determining when to handoff.
Ec
24 Pilot . The ratio of the combined pilot energy per chip, Ec, to the total received power
I0
25 spectral density (noise and signals), I0, of at most K usable multipath components at the
26 access terminal antenna connector. K is the number of demodulating elements supported
27 by the access terminal.

28 Pilot PN Sequence. A pair of modified maximal length PN sequences with period 215 PN
29 chips used to spread the Forward Channel and the Reverse Channel. For the Forward
30 Channel, different sectors are identified by different pilot PN sequence offsets.

31 Pilot Strength. The ratio of the received pilot energy to overall received energy. See also
Ec
32 Pilot .
I0
33 Pilot/RRI Channel. The composite Reverse Pilot Channel and RRI Channel. The Pilot
34 Channel's first 256 chips in every slot are punctured by the RRI Channel.

35 PN Chip. One bit in the PN sequence.

1-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 PN Sequence. Pseudo noise sequence. A periodic binary sequence.

2 PN. Pseudo noise.

3 Power Control Bit. For Subtype 0 and 1 Physical Layer, a bit sent in DRCLockPeriod 1
4 slots out of every DRCLockPeriod slots on the Forward MAC Channel that signals the
5 access terminal to increase or decrease its transmit power. The DRCLockPeriod us given as
6 public data by the Forward Traffic Channel MAC Protocol as defined in [1]. For Subtype 2
7 Physical Layer, this bit is sent once every sub-frame instead.

8 ppm. Parts per million.

9 PPP. Point to Point Protocol.

10 RAB. See Reverse Activity Bit.

11 RA Channel. See Reverse Activity Channel.

12 RETAP. See Reverse Enhanced Test Application Protocol.

13 Reverse Activity Bit (RAB). The Reverse Activity Bit is transmitted on the Reverse Activity
14 Channel of the Forward MAC Channel to perform flow control of the Reverse Data Channel.

15 Reverse Activity Channel (RA Channel). The Reverse Activity Channel is transmitted on
16 the Forward MAC Channel to transmit the Reverse Activity Bit. See also Reverse Activity
17 Bit.

18 Reverse Channel. The CDMA Channel from the access terminal to the access network.
19 From the access network's perspective, the Reverse Channel is the sum of all access
20 terminal transmissions on a CDMA frequency assignment.

21 Reverse Data Channel. The Reverse Data Channel is transmitted on the Reverse Traffic
22 Channel to transport user and signaling traffic from a single access terminal to one or
23 more sectors.

24 Reverse Enhanced Test Application Protocol (RETAP). A Test Application protocol


25 allowing enhanced Reverse Link performance characterizations. See [3].

26 Reverse Pilot Channel. An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal


27 transmitted by the access terminal during a connection. A Reverse Pilot Channel provides
28 a phase reference for coherent demodulation and may provide a means for signal strength
29 measurement.

30 Reverse Power Control Channel (RPC Channel). The Reverse Power Control Channel is
31 transmitted on the Forward MAC Channel to signal the access terminal to increase or
32 decrease its transmit power.

33 Reverse Rate Indicator Channel (RRI Channel). The Reverse Rate Indicator Channel is
34 transmitted on the Reverse Traffic Channel to indicate the rate at which the data is being
35 transmitted on that channel.

36 Reverse Test Application Protocol (RTAP). A Test Application protocol allowing Reverse
37 Link performance characterizations. See [3].

38 Reverse Traffic Channel. A Reverse Channel used to transport user and signaling traffic
39 from a single access terminal to one or more sectors. The Reverse Traffic Channel consists

1-7
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 of the Pilot Channel, the DRC Channel, the RRI Channel, the ACK Channel, and the Data
2 Channel.

3 RPC Channel. See Reverse Power Control Channel.

4 RRI Channel. See Reverse Rate Indicator Channel.

5 RTAP. Reverse Test Application Protocol.

6 Sector. The part of the access network that provides the land side modem.

7 Serving Sector. The sector which is responsible for sending data to the access terminal.
8 Under Fixed DRC mode, this is the sector specified in the FixedModeRequest Message.
9 Under Variable DRC mode, this is the sector to which the access terminal is currently
10 directing its DRC.

11 Slot. A basic timing interval in the system. A slot is 1.66 ms long.

12 Slot Cycle. A periodic interval at which an access terminal operating in the slotted mode
13 monitors the Control Channel.

14 Slotted Operation Mode. An operation mode of access terminal in which the access
15 terminal monitors only selected Control Channel cycles.

16 Soft Handoff. Two sectors are in Soft Handoff when their Reverse Power Control Channels
17 are not identical. In another context, Soft Handoff is also a handoff occurring while the
18 access terminal is in the Connected State of the Default Route Update Protocol. This
19 handoff is characterized by pointing the DRC from one sector to another on the same
20 CDMA frequency assignment. See also Softer Handoff and Hard Handoff.

21 Softer Handoff. Two sectors are in Softer Handoff when their Reverse Power Control
22 Channels are identical. See also Soft Handoff.

23 Suspended Operation Mode. An operation mode of access terminal in which the access
24 terminal monitors the Control Channel continuously for a period of time and then
25 proceeds to operate in the slotted mode.

26 Synchronous Control Channel Capsule. A Control Channel capsule transmitted by the


27 sector at the time such that the first slot of the capsule coincides with the first slot of the
28 Control Channel cycle.

29 System Time. The time reference used by the system. System Time is synchronous to UTC
30 time (except for leap seconds) and uses the same time origin as Global Positioning System
31 (GPS) time. All sectors use the same System Time (within a small error). Access terminals
32 use the same System Time, offset by the propagation delay from the sector to the access
33 terminal. See also Universal Coordinated Time.

34 TDM. Time Division Multiplexing.

35 Time Reference. A reference established by the access terminal that is synchronous with
36 the earliest arriving multipath component used for demodulation.

37 Traffic Channel. A communication path between an access terminal and an access


38 network used for user and signaling traffic. The term Traffic Channel implies a Forward

1-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Traffic Channel and Reverse Traffic Channel pair. See also Forward Traffic Channel and
2 Reverse Traffic Channel.
3 Transmission Mode. The mode of transmission used by the access terminal, characterized
4 by a physical layer transmission duration on the Reverse Data Channel, to achieve either
5 high capacity or low latency.

6 Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). An internationally agreed-upon time scale maintained


7 by the Bureau International de l'Heure (BIH) used as the time reference by nearly all
8 commonly available time and frequency distribution systems, e.g., WWV, WWVH, LORAN-
9 C, Transit, Omega, and GPS.

10 UTC. See Universal Coordinated Time.

11 Walsh function. One of the 2N time orthogonal binary functions (note that the functions
12 are orthogonal after mapping '0' to 1 and '1' to 1).
13 s . Microsecond (10-6 second).

14 1.2.2 Terms

15 ACKChannelGain. The ratio of the power level of the ACK Channel (when it is transmitted)
16 to the power level of the reverse Pilot/RRI Channel. This value is set by the access network.

17 Control_Chip_Bit. Number of PN chips per Control Channel bit, equal to 16 when the data
18 rate is 76.8 kbps and equal to 32 when the data rate is 38.4 kbps.

19 DataChannelGain. The ratio of the power level of the Reverse Data Channel (when it is
20 transmitted) to the power level of the reverse Pilot/RRI Channel. This value is not a
21 settable parameter by itself and depends on the Reverse Data Channel rate.

22 DRCChannelGain. The ratio of the power level of the DRC Channel (when it is transmitted)
23 to the power level of the reverse Pilot/RRI Channel. This value is set by the access network.

24 T2P. The ratio of the power level of the Reverse Data Channel to the power level of the Pilot
25 Channel, often used interchangeably with Data Channel Gain.

26 Traffic_Chip_Bit. The number of PN chips per Forward Traffic Channel bit. The table
27 below specifies the value of Traffic_Chip_Bit for all the Forward Traffic Channel data rates.

1-9
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Data Rate
Slots Traffic_Chip_Bit
(kbps)

38.4 16 24
76.8 8 12
153.6 4 6
307.2 2 3
614.4 1 3/2
307.2 4 49/16
614.4 2 49/32
1,228.8 1 3/4
921.6 2 49/48
1,843.2 1 1/2
1,228.8 2 49/64
2,457.6 1 3/8

2 1.3 HRPD Equations

3 The equations listed below describe the relationship between various test parameters
4 under different conditions.

5 1.3.1 Transmit Power of the Sector

6 All TDM bursts are transmitted at equal power.

7 1.3.2 Received Signal Strength


Ec 1
8 Pilot =
Io Ioc
+1
Ior

9 1.3.2.1 Single-Path Case


Eb I
10 Traffic = Traffic_Chip_Bit or
Nt Ioc

E I
11 Control b = Control_Chip_Bit or
Nt Ioc

12 1.3.2.2 Two-Path Case

13 According to Channel Simulator Configuration 1 and 5 (see 8.4.1.1), these two paths have
14 the same average power ( Ior = Ior1 + Ior2 ).

1-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Eb 1
1 Traffic = Traffic_Chip_Bit
Nt I oc + 1
Ior 2

2 1.3.2.3 Three-Path Case


3 According to Channel Simulator Configuration 4 (see 8.4.1.1), the first two paths have the
4 same average power and the third path has half the average power of the first one
5 ( Ior = Ior1 + Ior2 + Ior3 ).
2 1

Eb 5 5
Traffic = Traffic_Chip_Bit 2 +
Ioc 3 Ioc 4
6
Nt
+ +
Ior 5 Ior 5

7 1.4 Tolerances

8 1.4.1 HRPD System Parameter Tolerances

9 HRPD parameters are specified in [1]. All parameters indicated in all sections are exact
10 unless an explicit tolerance is stated.

11 1.4.2 Measurement Tolerances

12 Unless otherwise specified, a measurement tolerance, including the tolerance of the


13 measurement equipment, of 10% is assumed.

14 Unless otherwise specified, the Ior/Ioc value shall be within 0.1 dB of the value specified,
15 and the Ioc value shall be within 5 dB of the value specified.

1-11
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 No text.

1-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 2 STANDARD RADIATED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE

2 The measurement and calibration procedures described are intended to provide an overview
3 of radiated and conducted signal measurements. A detailed description of the required
4 measurement procedures is given in [5].

5 2.1 Standard Radiation Test Site

6 The test site shall be on level ground that is of uniform electrical characteristics. The site
7 shall be clear of overhead wires and other metallic objects and shall be as free as possible
8 from undesired signals, such as ignition noise and other carriers. Reflecting objects, such
9 as rain gutters and power cables shall lie outside an ellipse measuring 60 meters on the
10 major axis by 52 meters on the minor axis for a 30-meter site, or an ellipse measuring 6
11 meters on the major axis by 5.2 meters on the minor axis for a 3-meter site. The equipment
12 under test shall be located at one focus of the ellipse and the measuring antenna at the
13 other focus. If desired, shelters may be provided at the test site to protect the equipment
14 and personnel. All such construction shall be of wood, plastic, or other non-metallic
15 material. All power, telephone, and control circuits to the site shall be buried at least 0.3
16 meter under ground.

17 A turntable, essentially flush with the ground, shall be provided that can be remotely
18 controlled. A platform 1.2 meters high shall be provided on this turntable to hold the
19 equipment under test. Any power and control cables that are used for this equipment
20 should extend down to the turntable, and any excess cabling should be coiled on the
21 turntable.

22 If the equipment to be tested is mounted in racks and is not easily removed for testing on
23 the above platform, then the manufacturer may elect to test the equipment when it is
24 mounted in its rack (or racks). In this case, the rack (or racks) may be placed directly on
25 the turntable.

26 If a transmitter with an external antenna connection is being tested, then the RF output of
27 this transmitter shall be terminated in a non-radiating load that is placed on the turntable.
28 A non-radiating load is used in lieu of an antenna to avoid interference with other radio
29 users. The RF cable to this load should be of minimum length. The transmitter shall be
30 tuned and adjusted to its rated output value before starting the tests.

31 In order to conduct unintentional radiator tests as specified in Part 15, subpart B of [6], the
32 radiation site must comply with 5.4.6 through 5.5 of [5] as required by Part 2.948 of [6].

33 2.2 Search Antenna

34 For narrow-band dipole adjustable search antennas, the dipole length shall be adjusted for
35 each measurement frequency. This length may be determined from a calibration ruler that
36 is normally supplied with the equipment.

37 The search antenna shall be mounted on a movable non-metallic horizontal boom that can
38 be raised or lowered on a wooden or other non-metallic pole. The cable connected to the
39 search antenna shall be at a right angle to the antenna. The cable shall be dressed at least
40 3 meters, either through or along the horizontal boom, in a direction away from the

2-1
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 equipment being measured. The search antenna cable may then be dropped from the end of
2 the horizontal boom to ground level for connection to the field-strength measuring
3 equipment.

4 The search antenna shall be capable of being rotated 90 degrees on the end of the
5 horizontal boom to allow measurement of both vertically and horizontally polarized signals.
6 When the antenna length of a vertically mounted antenna does not permit the horizontal
7 boom to be lowered to its minimum specified search range, adjust the minimum height of
8 the boom for 0.3 meter clearance between the end of the antenna and the ground.

9 2.3 Field-Strength Measurement

10 A field-strength meter shall be connected to a search antenna. The field-strength meter


11 shall have sufficient sensitivity and selectivity to measure signals over the required
12 frequency ranges at levels at least 10 dB below the levels specified in any document,
13 standard, or specification that references this measurement procedure. The calibration of
14 the measurement instruments (field-strength meter, antennas, etc.) shall be checked
15 frequently to ensure that their accuracy is in accordance with the current standards. Such
16 calibration checks shall be performed at least once per year.

17 2.4 Frequency Range of Measurements

18 When measuring radiated signals from transmitting equipment, the measurements shall be
19 made from the lowest radio frequency (but no lower than 25 MHz) generated in the
20 equipment to the tenth harmonic of the carrier, except for that region close to the carrier
21 equal to 250% of the authorized bandwidth.

22 When measuring radiated signals from receiving equipment, the measurements shall be
23 made from 25 MHz to at least 6 GHz.

24 2.5 Test Ranges

25 2.5.1 30-Meter Test Range

26 Measurement of radiated signals shall be made at a point 30 meters from the center of the
27 turntable. The search antenna shall be raised and lowered from 1 to 4 meters in both
28 horizontally and vertically polarized orientations.

29 The field-strength measuring meter may be placed on a suitable table or tripod at the foot of
30 the mast.

31 When measuring radiated emissions from receivers, equipment that contains its own
32 receive antenna shall be tested with the antenna in place. Equipment that is connected to
33 an external receive antenna via a cable shall be tested without the antenna, and the receive
34 ports on the equipment under test shall be terminated in a 50W non-radiating resistive load.

35 2.5.2 3-Meter Test Range

36 Measurement of radiated signals may be made at a point 3 meters from the center of the
37 turntable, provided the following three conditions can be met:

2-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 1. A ground screen that covers an elliptical area at least 6 meters on the major axis by
2 5.2 meters on the minor axis is used with the measuring antenna and turntable
3 mounted 3 meters apart. The measuring antenna and turntable shall lie on the
4 major axis and shall be equidistant from the minor axis of the elliptical area.

5 2. The maximum dimension of the equipment shall be 3 meters or less. When


6 measuring radiated signals from receivers, the maximum dimension shall include
7 the antenna if it is an integral part of the device.

8 3. The field-strength measuring equipment is either mounted below the ground level at
9 the test site or is located a sufficient distance away from the equipment being tested
10 and from the search antenna to prevent corruption of the measured data.

11 The search antenna shall be raised and lowered over a range from 1 to 4 meters in both
12 horizontally and vertically polarized orientations. When the search antenna is vertically
13 oriented, the minimum height of the center of the search antenna shall be defined by the
14 length of the lower half of the search antenna.

15 When measuring radiated emissions from receivers, equipment that contains its own
16 receive antenna shall be tested with the antenna in place. Equipment that is connected to
17 an external receive antenna via a cable shall be tested without the antenna, and the receive
18 ports on the equipment under test shall be terminated in a 50W non-radiating resistive load.
19 The 3-meter test range may be used for determining compliance with limits specified at
20 30 meters (or other distances), provided that:

21 1. The ground reflection variations between the two distances have been calibrated for
22 the frequencies of interest at the test range, or

23 2. A 5 dB correction factor is added to the specified radiation limit(s) to allow for


24 average ground reflections.

25 Radiated field strength (volts/meter) varies inversely with distance, so that a measurement
26 made on the 3-meter test range divided by 10 gives the equivalent value that would be
27 measured on a 30-meter test range for the same EIRP (effective isotropic radiated power).
28 The 30-meter field strength in volts/meter can be calculated from the EIRP by using the
29 following formula:

30 mV / m @ 30 meters = 5773.5 10 EIRP(dBm)/20

31 2.6 Radiated Signal Measurement Procedures

32 Radiated signals having significant levels shall be measured on the 30-meter or the 3-meter
33 range by using the following procedure:

34 1. For each observed radiated signal, raise and lower the search antenna to obtain a
35 maximum reading on the field-strength meter with the antenna horizontally
36 polarized. Then rotate the turntable to maximize the reading. Repeat this procedure
37 of raising and lowering the antenna and rotating the turntable until the highest
38 possible signal has been obtained. Record this maximum reading.

39 2. Repeat step 1 for each observed radiated signal with the antenna vertically polarized.

2-3
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Remove the equipment being tested and replace it with a half-wave antenna. The
2 center of the half-wave antenna should be at the same approximate location as the
3 center of the equipment being tested.

4 4. Feed the half-wave antenna replacing the equipment under test with a signal
5 generator connected to the antenna by means of a non-radiating cable. With the
6 antennas at both ends horizontally polarized and with the signal generator tuned to
7 the observed radiated signal, raise and lower the search antenna to obtain a
8 maximum reading on the field-strength measuring meter. Adjust the level of the
9 signal generator output until the previously recorded maximum reading for this set
10 of conditions is obtained. Record the signal generator power output.

11 5. Repeat step 4 above with both antennas vertically polarized.

12 6. Calculate the power into a reference ideal isotropic antenna by:

13 a. First reducing the readings obtained in steps 4 and 5 above by the power loss in
14 the cable between the generator and the source antenna, and

15 b. Then correcting for the gain of the source antenna used relative to an ideal
16 isotropic antenna. The reading thus obtained is the equivalent effective isotropic
17 radiated power (EIRP) level for the spurious signal being measured.

18 7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 above for all observed signals from the equipment being
19 tested.

2-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3 PHYSICAL LAYER RECEIVER MINIMUM STANDARDS

2 3.1 Frequency Coverage Requirements

3 The access terminal shall meet the requirements in [7].

4 3.2 Demodulation Requirements

5 The access terminal receiver shall be capable of detecting the signal defined in [1].

6 3.2.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in AWGN

7 3.2.1.1 Definition

8 The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in an AWGN (no fading or
9 multipath) environment is determined by the packet error rate (PER). The PER is calculated
10 for each individual data rate.

11 3.2.1.2 Method of Measurement

12 1. Connect the sector and the AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
13 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-4.

14 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
15 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 19.

16 3. Set the access network's forward packet activity to 100%. If the data rate under test
17 is 1.536 Mbps or higher, an access network simulator meeting the waveform quality
18 requirements in 8.4.3 shall be used. Set the access networks Control Channel data
19 rate to 38.4 kbps.

20 4. Set the SetManagementSameChannelParameters attribute fields of the Default Route


21 Update Protocol to the values specified below:

22

Field Value (Hex)

PilotDrop 0x1c (-14 dB)

23

24 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
25 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
26 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the rate of
27 the test only.

28 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-1.

29 7. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received,
30 calculate the PER for this test. Unless otherwise specified, the PER shall be
31 measured at the end of the packet.

3-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 through 4 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-1 and
2 repeat step 7.

3 9. Set the test parameters for Tests 5 through 6 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-2 and
4 repeat step 7.

5 10. Set the test parameters for Tests 7 through 8 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-3 and
6 repeat step 7.

7 11. Set the test parameters for Tests 9 through 11 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-4 and
8 repeat step 7.

9 12. Set the test parameters for Tests 12 through 14 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-5 and
10 repeat step 7.

11 13. Set the test parameters for Tests 15 through 18 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-6 and
12 repeat step 7.

13 14. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 14 to 19:

14 15. Change the SetManagementSameChannelParameters attribute fields of the Default


15 Route Update Protocol to the value specified below:

16

Field Value (Hex)

PilotDrop 0x20 (-16 dB)

17

18 16. Set the test parameters for Tests 19 through 21 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-7 and
19 repeat step 7.

20 17. Set the test parameters for Tests 22 through 24 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-8 and
21 repeat step 7.

22 18. Set the test parameters for Tests 25 through 27 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-9 and
23 repeat step 7.

24 19. Set the test parameters for Tests 28 through 30 as specified in Table A.1.1.1-10 and
25 repeat step 7.

26 3.2.1.3 . Minimum Standard


27 The actual Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within 0.2 dB of the value indicated in Table
28 A.1.1.1-1 through Table A.1.1.1-10.

29 The PER shall not exceed the piecewise linear PER curve specified by the points in Table
30 A.1.1.2-1 and Table A.1.1.2-2 with 95% confidence.

31 The PER should not exceed the piecewise linear PER curve specified by the points in Table
32 A.1.1.2-3 with 95% confidence.

33 For access terminals that support Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the PER shall not exceed the
34 piecewise linear PER curve specified by the points in Table A.1.1.2-4, Table A.1.1.2-5 and

3-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.2-6 with 95% confidence. The PER should not exceed the piecewise linear PER
2 curve specified by the points in Table A.1.1.2-7.

3 3.2.2 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel

4 3.2.2.1 Definition

5 The performance of the demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in multipath fading


6 channel is determined by the packet error rate (PER). The PER is calculated for 38.4 kbps
7 and 76.8 kbps data rates. The following table summarizes the fading tests to be performed:

Channel Simulator
Case Configuration Number

1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 2
6 4
7 1
8 3

9 The above test cases test the demodulation performance by checking the PER at the 38.4
10 kbps and 76.8 kbps data rates.
11 Refer to 8.4.1.1 for the standard channel simulator configurations.

12 3.2.2.2 Method of Measurement

13 1. Connect the sector, the channel simulator and an AWGN generator to the access
14 terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-1.

15 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
16 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 21.

17 3. Set the access network's forward packet activity to 100%. Set the access networks
18 Control Channel data rate to 38.4 kbps.

19 4. Set the SetManagementSameChannelParameters attribute fields of the Default Route


20 Update Protocol to the values specified below:

Field Value (Hex)

PilotDrop 0x1c (-14 dB)

21

3-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
2 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
3 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the rate of
4 the test only.

5 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-1.

6 7. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received
7 calculate the PER for this test. Unless otherwise specified, the PER shall be
8 measured at the end of the packet.

9 8. Set the test parameters for Tests 2 through 3 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-1 and
10 repeat step 7.

11 9. Set the test parameters for Tests 4 through 6 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-2 and
12 repeat step 7

13 10. Set the test parameters for Tests 7 through 9 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-3 and
14 repeat step 7.

15 11. Set the test parameters for Tests 10 through 12 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-4 and
16 repeat step 7.

17 12. Set the test parameters for Tests 13 through 15 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-5 and
18 repeat step 7.

19 13. Set the test parameters for Tests 16 through 18 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-6 and
20 repeat step 7.

21 14. Set the test parameters for Tests 19 through 21 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-7 and
22 repeat step 7.

23 15. Set the test parameters for Tests 22 through 24 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-8 and
24 repeat step 7.

25 16. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 17 to 21:

26 17. Change the SetManagementSameChannelParameters attribute fields of the Default


27 Route Update Protocol to the value specified below:

28 18. Set the test parameters for Tests 25 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-9 and repeat step 7.

29 19. Set the test parameters for Tests 26 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-10 and repeat step
30 7.

31 20. Set the test parameters for Tests 27 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-11 and repeat step
32 7.

33 21. Set the test parameters for Tests 28 as specified in Table A.1.2.1-12 and repeat step
34 7.

35 3.2.2.3 Minimum Standard

36 The actual power uncertainty due to fading shall be less than or equal to 0.2 dB (see 8.8.2)
37 with the minimum test duration meeting the requirements specified in Table 8.8.2-1. Test
38 durations must be sufficient to meet confidence level requirements.

3-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 A minimum confidence level of 95% shall be obtained for the following PER requirements
2 (see 8.8).
3 The actual Eb/Nt used in each test shall be within 0.5 dB of the value indicated in each
4 test.

5 The PER for each test shall not exceed the piece-wise linear PER curve specified by the
6 points in Table A.1.2.2-1 to Table A.1.2.2-4.

7 For access terminals that support Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the PER for each test shall not
8 exceed the corresponding piece-wise linear PER curve specified by the points in Table
9 A.1.2.2-5 to Table A.1.2.2-8.

10 3.2.3 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels belonging to Different Power Control Sets
11 during Soft Handoff

12 3.2.3.1 Definition

13 When simultaneously receiving Reverse Power Control Channels from multiple sectors in
14 Soft Handoff, the access terminal shall increase its transmit power if all power control bits
15 received from all the sectors indicate an increment, and shall reduce its transmit power if
16 any power control bit received indicates a decrement. This test verifies the above or of
17 downs logic.

18 3.2.3.2 Method of Measurement

19 1. Connect two sectors to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
20 8.5.1-3. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The Forward Channel
21 from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The
22 Forward Channel from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is
23 called Channel 2.

24 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
25 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 13.

26 3. If the access terminal supports Subtypes 0 or 1 Physical Layer, perform steps 5 to


27 13.

28 4. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 6 to 13.

29 5. Set the DRCLock attribute fields of the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC
30 Protocol to the values specified below:

Parameter Value

DRCLockPeriod 1 (16 slots)

31

32 6. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


33 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
34 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
35 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to

3-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 256 bits with TerminationTarget of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP (for
2 Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that the
3 requested DRC cover corresponds to the null cover.

4 7. Set the DRCLock bit for both sectors to 1 at all times.

5 8. Set the test parameters as specified in the table below for both sectors.

Parameter Units Value

Ior1 dBm/1.23 MHz -55

Ior2 dBm/1.23 MHz -55

7 9. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


8 following pilots in the Active Set:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

SofterHandoff 0
PilotPN P2

SofterHandoff 0 (no combining with P1)

10 10. After waiting a minimum of 426.67 ms, on both Channel 1 and Channel 2
11 synchronously send a periodic pattern of fifteen 0 power control bits followed by
12 fifteen 1 power control bits.

13 11. Measure the output power at the access terminal antenna connector for a duration
14 of 64 slots (106.67 ms) (for Subtype 0 and 1 Physical Layer) or 240 slots (400 ms)
15 (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer).

16 12. Send a periodic pattern of fifteen 0 power control bits followed by fifteen 1 power
17 control bits on Channel 1. Send continuously 0 power control bits on Channel 2.

18 13. Measure the output power at the access terminal antenna connector for a duration
19 of 64 slots (106.67 ms) (for Subtype 0 and 1 Physical Layer) or 240 slots (400 ms)
20 (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer).

21 3.2.3.3 Minimum Standard

22 The access terminal output power, measured at the access terminal antenna connector,
23 shall have a periodic pattern. For Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, in each period the
24 power shall increase monotonically for a duration of 16 slots (26.67 ms) with the exception
25 of 1 slot in which the power shall not change, and then decrease monotonically for a
26 duration of 16 slots with the exception of 1 slot in which the power shall not change. For
27 Subtype 2 Physical Layer, in each period the power shall increase monotonically for a

3-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 duration of 60 slots (100 ms) and then decrease monotonically for a duration of 60 slots
2 (100 ms).

3 3.2.4 Decision of Power Control Bit for Channels belonging to the Same Power Control Set

4 3.2.4.1 Definition

5 The Reverse Power Control Channels of sectors in Softer Handoff are identical. In each slot,
6 the access terminal should provide diversity combining of identical Reverse Power Control
7 Channels and shall obtain at most one power control bit from each set of identical Reverse
8 Power Control Channels. This test partially verifies the diversity combining of power control
9 bits belonging to identical Reverse Power Control Channels and the diversity combining of
10 power control bits belonging to different paths of the same Reverse Power Control Channel.

11 3.2.4.2 Method of Measurement

12 1. Connect two sectors to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
13 8.5.1-2. The AWGN generator and the channel simulator 2 are not applicable in this
14 test. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1,
15 and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot
16 PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

17 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
18 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 11.

19 3. If the access terminal supports Subtypes 0 or 1 Physical Layer, perform steps 5 to


20 11.

21 4. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 6 to 11.

22 5. Set the DRCLock attribute fields of the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC
23 Protocol to the values specified below:

Parameter Value

DRCLockPeriod 1 (16 slots)

24

25 6. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


26 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
27 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
28 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
29 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
30 (FOR SUBTYPE 0 OR 1 PHYSICAL LAYER) OR FETAP (FOR SUBTYPE 2 PHYSICAL
31 LAYER) so that the requested DRC cover corresponds to the null cover.

32 7. Set the DRCLock bit for both sectors to 1 at all times.

33 8. Set the test parameters as specified in the table below for both sectors.

3-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Parameter Units Channel 1 Channel 2

Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -58

Channel Simulator
- 5 N/A
Configuration

2 9. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


3 following pilots in the Active Set:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

SofterHandoff 0
PilotPN P2

SofterHandoff 1 (combine with P1)

5 10. After waiting a minimum of 426.67 ms, begin sending an alternating pattern of one
6 0 power control bit followed by one 1 power control bit on Channel 1 and a
7 sequence of 1 power control bits on Channel 2.

8 11. Measure the output power at the access terminal antenna connector for at least 42
9 slots (70 ms) (for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer) or 160 slots (266.67 ms) (for
10 Subtype 2 Physical Layer) for each trial. Perform at least 11 trials.

11 3.2.4.3 Minimum Standard

12 For Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, in 90% of the trials (each with at least 42 slots), the
13 access terminal output power, measured at the access terminal antenna connector, shall
14 follow the power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1 sent on Channel 1, with the
15 exception of at most one bit per trial.

16 The access terminal output power shall not change as a response to the DRCLock bits.
17 Therefore, in 1 out of every 16-slots the access terminal output power shall not change.

18 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, in 90% of the trials (each with at least 160 slots), the access
19 terminal output power, measured at the access terminal antenna connector, shall follow the
20 power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1 sent on Channel 1.

21 3.2.5 Demodulation of Reverse Power Control Channel during Soft Handoff

22 3.2.5.1 Definition
23 The access terminal shall not use a power control subchannel when the pilot Ec/I0 of the
24 corresponding Channel is low. This test verifies that the access terminal stops using a
25 power control subchannel in the or of downs when the pilot Ec/I0 of the corresponding
26 Channel is low.

3-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3.2.5.2 Method of Measurement

2 1. Connect two sectors to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
3 8.5.1-3. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The Forward Channel
4 from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The
5 Forward Channel from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is
6 called Channel 2.

7 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
8 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 9.

9 3. Set the DRCLock attribute fields of the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC
10 Protocol to the values specified below:

Parameter Value

DRCLockPeriod 1 (16 slots)

11

12 4. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


13 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
14 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
15 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
16 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
17 (FOR SUBTYPE 0 OR 1 PHYSICAL LAYER) OR FETAP (FOR SUBTYPE 2 PHYSICAL
18 LAYER) so that the requested DRC cover corresponds to the null cover.

19 5. Set the DRCLock bit for both sectors to 1 at all times.

20 6. Set the test parameters as specified in the table below and Figure 3.2.5.2-1 for both
21 sectors.

Parameter Units Channel 1 Channel 2


-55 for S1 -55 for S1
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz
-52.2 for S2 -65 for S2

Pilot E c -3 for S1 -3 for S1


dB
I0 -0.2 for S2 -13 for S2
Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters in the table. It is not a
directly settable parameter. S1 and S2 indicate the two states of the power levels.

22

23 7. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


24 following pilots in the Active Set:

3-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

SofterHandoff 0
PilotPN P2

SofterHandoff 0 (no combining with P1)


1

2 8. After waiting a minimum of 426.67 ms, synchronously send a periodic pattern of


3 one 0 power control bit followed by one 1 power control bit on both Channel 1 and
4 Channel 2.

5 9. Measure the access terminal output power at the access terminal antenna connector
6 for at least 22 seconds, which does not have to be contiguous. The 22-second period
7 must contain at least 11 transitions from the state where Channel 2 Pilot Ec/I0
8 changes from -3 dB to -13 dB.

Pilot Ec/I0 = -3 dB
Channel 1
Pilot

Channel 2
Pilot 10 dB

1 1 1 Time (s)
10
11

12 Figure 3.2.5.2-1. Demodulation of Reverse Power Control Channel During Soft Handoff

13 3.2.5.3 Minimum Standard

14 The access terminal output power, measured at the access terminal antenna connector,
15 shall be in a steady state, defined as steady state 1, when the pilot Ec/I0 value of Channel 2
16 is -3 dB, and it shall follow the power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1 in 85% of
17 the 1 second steady state 1 segments with 90% confidence. The access terminal output
18 power shall be in a steady state, defined as steady state 2, no later than 40 ms after the
19 pilot Ec/I0 value of Channel 2 drops to -13 dB in 90% of the trials, and shall follow the
20 power control bit pattern of alternating 0 and 1. The access terminal output power in
21 steady state 2 shall be no greater than the access terminal output power in steady state 1,
22 and shall be greater than the access terminal output power in steady state 1 minus 12 dB.

23 The access terminal output power shall not change as a response to the DRCLock bits.
24 Therefore, for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, in 1 out of every 16-slots the access terminal

3-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 output power shall not change. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the power control symbols
2 are sent every 4 slots and the access terminal shall adjust its pilot output power every 4
3 slots.

4 3.2.6 Demodulation of ARQ Channel

5 The tests in this section verify the demodulation performance of the ARQ Channel under
6 AWGN and fading conditions. This test is only applicable to terminals that support Subtype
7 2 Physical Layer.

8 3.2.6.1 Definition

9 The performance of the demodulation on the ARQ Channel is determined by the following
10 conditional probabilities: P(NAK|ACK)1, and P(ACK|NAK) at specified ARQ Ec/I0r and Pilot
11 Ec/I0.

12 The following table summarizes the tests to be performed:

Test Channel Simulator


Configuration

1-2 AWGN

13 3.2.6.2 Method of Measurement

14 1. Connect the sector, the channel simulator and an AWGN generator to the access
15 terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-1. The channel simulator does
16 not apply for Case 1.

17 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
18 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 6.

19 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
20 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel is transmitted at the 256-bit
21 payload. The FL H-ARQ Channel should be transmitted every interlace at a fixed
22 value.

23 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table A.1.3.1-1.

24 5. Measure the FL H-ARQ Channel P(NAK|ACK), and P(ACK|NAK).

25 6. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table A.1.3.1-1 and repeat step 5.

26 3.2.6.3 Minimum Standard

27 A minimum confidence level of 95% shall be obtained for the symbol error rates
28 requirements in this section.

1 If a particular implementation involves a third decision: erasure, then for this test, P(NAK|ACK) shall

include both events of receiving an erasure or a NAK when an ACK is sent.

3-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 The combination of P(NAK|ACK) and P(ACK|NAK) for each test shall not exceed the piece-
2 wise linear curve in a log-log domain where the x-axis corresponds to P(ACK|NAK) and the
3 y-axis corresponds to P(NAK|ACK) specified by points in the corresponding table in Table
4 A.1.3.2-1.

5 3.2.7 Demodulation of Broadcast Channel

6 This test only applies to access terminals that support broadcast-multicast packet data
7 service.

8 3.2.7.1 Definition

9 The performance of the Broadcast Channel in AWGN and fading environment is determined
10 by the packet error rate (PER) after turbo and Reed-Solomon decoding.

11 The following table summarizes the tests to be performed:

Case Channel Simulator


Configuration Number
1 AWGN
2, 4 4
3, 5 2

12

13 3.2.7.2 Method of Measurement

14 1. Connect the sector, the channel simulator and an AWGN generator to the access
15 terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-1. The channel simulator does
16 not apply for Case 1.

17 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
18 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 23.

19 3. Set the access networks Synchronous Control Channel data rate to 38.4 kbps
20 which is to be transmitted in interlace 0. Set the access network equipments
21 forward packet activity to 100%. Set the access terminals serving rate to 100% in
22 the multiplex-interlace combinations specified below.

23 4. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
24 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 5 to 14.

25 5. Set up a Test Application session.

26 6. Send a BroadcastOverhead Message to the access terminal, specifying the following


27 field:

3-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Field Value
MultiplexCount 0 (4)
MACPacketsPerECBRow 0

2 Also, set the value of OuterCode for each test to the corresponding value specified in
3 Table A.1.4.1-1 and Table A.1.4.1-2.

4 7. The burst length of all interlace-multiplex pairs shall be 3 slots.

5 8. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-1. The broadcast
6 logical channel for this user shall be carried on all interlace-multiplex combinations
7 for interlaces 1, 2 and 3.

8 9. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received,
9 calculate the PER for the test.

10 10. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-1. The broadcast
11 logical channel for this user shall be carried on all interlace-multiplex combinations
12 for interlaces 1, 2 and 3. Repeat step 9.

13 11. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-1. The broadcast
14 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
15 combinations: (1,0), (1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,0), (2,1) (2,2), (3,0) and (3,1). Repeat step 9.

16 12. Set the test parameters for Test 4 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-1. The broadcast
17 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
18 combinations: (1,0), (1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,0), (2,1), (2,2), (3,0) and (3,1). Repeat step 9.

19 13. Set the test parameters for Test 5 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-2. The broadcast
20 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
21 combinations: (1,1), (1,2), (2,2), (2,3), (3,2) and (3,3). Repeat step 9.

22 14. Set the test parameters for Test 6 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-2. The broadcast
23 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
24 combinations: (1,1), (1,2), (2,2), (2,3), (3,2) and (3,3). Repeat step 9.

25 15. Connect two sectors to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
26 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index
27 called Channel 1. The Forward Channel from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN
28 offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

29 16. For each band class that the terminal supports, configure the access terminal to
30 operate in that band class and perform steps 17 to 23.

31 17. Set up a Test Application session.

32 18. Send a BroadcastOverhead Message to the access terminal, specifying the following
33 field:

3-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Field Value

MultiplexCount 0 (4)
MACPacketsPerECBRow 0

2 Also, set the value of OuterCode for each test to the corresponding value specified in
3 Table A.1.4.1-3 and Table A.1.4.1-4.

4 19. The burst length of all interlace-multiplex pairs shall be 3 slots.

5 20. Set the test parameters for Test 7 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-3. The broadcast
6 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
7 combinations: (1,0), (1,1), (2,0), (2,1), (3,0) and (3,1). Repeat step 9.

8 21. Set the test parameters for Test 8 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-3. The broadcast
9 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
10 combinations: (1,0), (1,1), (2,0), (2,1), (3,0) and (3,1). Repeat step 9.

11 22. Set the test parameters for Test 9 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-4. The broadcast
12 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
13 combinations: (1,2), (1,3), (2,2), (2,3), (3,2) and (3,3). Repeat step 9.

14 23. Set the test parameters for Test 10 as specified in Table A.1.4.1-4. The broadcast
15 logical channel for this user shall be carried on the following interlace-multiplex
16 combinations: (1,2), (1,3), (2,2), (2,3), (3,2) and (3,3). Repeat step 9.

17 3.2.7.3 Minimum Standard

18 A minimum confidence level of 95% shall be obtained for the following PER requirements
19 (see 8.8).

20 The actual Eb/Nt used in each test of Case 1 shall be within 0.2 dB of the value indicated
21 in Table A.1.4.1-1.

22 The PER shall not exceed the piecewise linear PER curve specified by the points in Table
23 A.1.4.2-1 with 95% confidence.

24 The actual power uncertainty due to fading shall be less than or equal to 0.2 dB (see 8.8.2)
25 with the minimum test duration meeting the requirements specified in Table 8.8.2-1. Test
26 durations must be sufficient to meet confidence level requirements.

27 The actual Eb/Nt used in each test in Cases 2 to 5 shall be within 0.5 dB of the value
28 indicated in the corresponding entry in Table A.1.4.1-2 to Table A.1.4.1-4.

29 The PER shall not exceed the corresponding piecewise linear PER curve specified by the
30 points in Table A.1.4.2-2 to Table A.1.4.2-5 with 95% confidence.

31 3.3 Receiver Performance

32 The receiver sensitivity, dynamic range, single tone desensitization, intermodulation


33 spurious response attenuation, and adjacent channel selectivity tests are optional in this
34 document if the device is compliant with [4].

3-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3.3.1 Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range

2 3.3.1.1 Definition

3 The RF sensitivity of the access terminal receiver is the minimum received power, measured
4 at the access terminal antenna connector, at which the packet error rate (PER) does not
5 exceed a specified value. The receiver dynamic range is the input power range at the access
6 terminal antenna connector over which the PER does not exceed a specific value.

7 3.3.1.2 Method of Measurement

8 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
9 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

10 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
11 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 9.

12 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
13 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 OR 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
14 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the one
15 specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1 for Test 1.

16 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1.

17 5. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received,
18 calculate the PER for this test.

19 6. Open a connection and configure the Test Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1
20 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic
21 Channel rate corresponds to the one specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1 for Test 2.

22 7. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1 and repeat step 5.

23 8. Open a connection and configure the Test Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1
24 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer)so that the Forward Traffic
25 Channel rate corresponds to the one specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1 for Test 3.

26 9. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table 3.3.1.2-1 and repeat step 5.

27 Table 3.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Sensitivity and Dynamic Range
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -105.5 -25 -25

Forward Traffic Channel kbps 307.2 307.2 2,457.6


Data Rate slots/packet 2 2 1

28

29 3.3.1.3 Minimum Standard

30 The PER in Test 1 and Test 2 shall not exceed 0.5% with 95% confidence. The PER in Test 3
31 should not exceed 0.5% with 95% confidence (see 8.8).

3-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 3.3.2 Single Tone Desensitization

2 3.3.2.1 Definition

3 The single tone desensitization is a measure of a receivers ability to receive a HRPD signal
4 at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of a single tone spaced at a given
5 frequency offset from the center frequency of the assigned channel. The receiver
6 desensitization performance is measured by the packet error rate (PER).

7 This test is applied to all band classes except Band Class 6, where no narrow-band
8 interferers are currently known.

9 3.3.2.2 Method of Measurement

10 1. Connect the sector and an interfering CW tone to the access terminal antenna
11 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-4.

12 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, except Band Class 6,
13 configure the access terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3
14 through 9.

15 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
16 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
17 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the 2-slot
18 version of 307.2 kbps.

19 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.3.2.2-1 and perform steps 8
20 and 9.

21 5. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.3.2.2-1 and perform steps 8
22 and 9.

23 6. If the access terminal is operating in Band Classes 1, 3, 4, or 8 set the test


24 parameters for Test 3 and perform steps 8 and 9.

25 7. If the access terminal is operating in Band Classes 1, 3, 4, or 8 set the test


26 parameters for Test 4 and perform steps 8 and 9.

27 8. Use closed loop power control commands to adjust the access terminal transmit
28 power, as measured at the access terminal antenna connector. For Band Classes 1,
29 4 and 8, using the antenna gain recommended by the access terminal manufacturer,
30 set the EIRP to a level higher than the minimum specified in Table 3.3.2.2-2 for the
31 current test. For Band Class 3, set the ERP to a level higher than the minimum
32 specified in Table 3.3.2.2-3 for the current test.

33 9. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received
34 calculate the PER for this test.

3-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 3.3.2.2-1. Test Parameters for Single Tone Desensitization


Parameter Units Tests 1 and 3 Tests 2 and 4

+900 (Band Classes 0, -900 (Band Classes 0,


2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11,
Tone Offset from Carrier kHz and 12) and 12)
+1250 (Band Classes -1250 (Band Classes
1, 4 and 8) 1, 4 and 8)
-30 (Tests 1 and 2)
Tone Power dBm
-40 (Tests 3 and 4)
dBm/
Ior -102.4
1.23 MHz

3 Table 3.3.2.2-2. Minimum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power for Single Tone
4 Desensitization Test for Band Classes 1, 4 and 8
Access terminal Minimum Access terminal EIRP
Class Tests 1 and 2 Tests 3 and 4

I -10 dBW (100 mW) -5 dBW (320 mW)


II -15 dBW (32 mW) -10 dBW (100 mW)
III -18 dBW (16 mW) -15 dBW (32 mW)
IV -21 dBW (8 mW) -20 dBW (10 mW)
V -24 dBW (4 mW) -25 dBW (3.2 mW)

6 Table 3.3.2.2-3. Minimum Effective Radiated Power for Single Tone Desensitization
7 Test for Band Class 3.
Access terminal Minimum Access terminal ERP
Class Tests 1 and 2 Tests 3 and 4

I -7 dBW (200 mW) -2 dBW (630 mW)


II -11 dBW (80 mW) -6 dBW (250 mW)
III -15 dBW (32 mW) -10 dBW (100 mW)

9 3.3.2.3 Minimum Standard

10 The PER for each test shall not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 8.8).

11 3.3.3 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation

12 This test shall be performed for each band class supported by the access terminal.

3-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 3.3.3.1 Definition

2 The intermodulation spurious response attenuation is a measure of a receiver's ability to


3 receive a HRPD signal on its assigned channel frequency in the presence of two interfering
4 CW tones. These tones are separated from the assigned channel frequency and are
5 separated from each other such that the third order mixing of the two interfering CW tones
6 can occur in the non-linear elements of the receiver, producing an interfering signal in the
7 band of the desired signal. The receiver performance is measured by the packet error rate
8 (PER).

9 3.3.3.2 Method of Measurement

10 1. Connect the sector and two interfering CW tones to the access terminal antenna
11 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-4.

12 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
13 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 10.

14 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
15 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
16 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the 2-slot
17 version of 307.2 kbps.

18 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-1, Table 3.3.3.2-2 or
19 Table 3.3.3.2-3 and perform step 10.

20 5. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-1, Table 3.3.3.2-2 or
21 Table 3.3.3.2-3 and perform step 10.

22 6. If the access terminal is operating in Band Class 0, set the test parameters for Test
23 3 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-4 and perform step 10.

24 7. If the access terminal is operating in Band Class 0, set the test parameters for Test
25 4 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-4 and perform step 10.

26 8. If the access terminal is operating in Band Class 0, set the test parameters for Test
27 5 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-5 and perform step 10.

28 9. If the access terminal is operating in Band Class 0, set the test parameters for Test
29 6 as specified in Table 3.3.3.2-5 and perform step 10.

30 10. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received
31 calculate the PER for this test.

3-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 3.3.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12
2 Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2)
Access terminal Access terminal
Class I Class II and Class III
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2

Tone 1 Offset from Carrier kHz +900 -900 +900 -900


Tone Power 1 dBm -40 -43
Tone 2 Offset from Carrier kHz +1700 -1700 +1700 -1700
Tone Power 2 dBm -40 -43
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -102.4 -102.4

4 Table 3.3.3.2-2. Test Parameters for Band Classes 1, 4 and 8 Intermodulation Spurious
5 Response Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2)
Access terminal Access terminal
Class I Class II through Class V
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2

Tone 1 Offset from Carrier MHz +1.25 -1.25 +1.25 -1.25


Tone Power 1 dBm -40 -43
Tone 2 Offset from Carrier MHz +2.05 -2.05 +2.05 -2.05
Tone Power 2 dBm -40 -43
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -102.4 -102.4

7 Table 3.3.3.2-3. Test Parameters for Band Class 6 Intermodulation Spurious Response
8 Attenuation (Tests 1 and 2)
Access terminal Access terminal
Class I Class II through Class V
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2

Tone 1 Offset from Carrier MHz +2.5 -2.5 +2.5 -2.5


Tone Power 1 dBm -48 -48
Tone 2 Offset from Carrier MHz +4.9 -4.9 +4.9 -4.9
Tone Power 2 dBm -48 -48
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -102.4 -102.4

3-19
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 3.3.3.2-4. Test Parameters for Band Class 0 Intermodulation Spurious Response
2 Attenuation (Tests 3 and 4)
Parameter Units Test 3 Test 4

Tone 1 Offset from Carrier kHz +900 -900


Tone Power 1 dBm -32
Tone 2 Offset from Carrier kHz +1700 -1700
Tone Power 2 dBm -32
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -91.4

4 Table 3.3.3.2-5. Test Parameters for Band Class 0 Intermodulation Spurious Response
5 Attenuation (Tests 5 and 6)
Parameter Units Test 5 Test 6

Tone 1 Offset from Carrier kHz +900 -900


Tone Power 1 dBm -21
Tone 2 Offset from Carrier kHz +1700 -1700
Tone Power 2 dBm -21
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -80.4

7 3.3.3.3 Minimum Standard

8 The PER in Tests 1, 2, 5, and 6 shall not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 8.8).

9 The PER in Tests 3 and 4 should not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 8.8).

10 3.3.4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity

11 3.3.4.1 Definition

12 The adjacent channel selectivity is a measure of the ability to receive a HRPD signal on the
13 assigned frequency in the presence of another HRPD or CDMA signal that is offset from the
14 center frequency of the assigned channel by 2.5 MHz. This test is applicable to Band Class
15 6 access terminals only.

16 3.3.4.2 Method of Measurement

17 1. Connect the sector and an interfering HRPD signal to the access terminal antenna
18 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-5.

19 2. If the access terminal supports Band Class 6, configure the access terminal to
20 operate in Band Class 6 and perform steps 3 through 8.

3-20
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
2 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
3 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the 2-slot
4 version of 307.2 kbps.

5 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.3.4.2-1 and perform step 6.

6 5. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.3.4.2-1 and perform step 6.

7 6. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received
8 calculate the PER for this test.

9 7. Connect the sector and an interfering CDMA signal to the access terminal antenna
10 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-5.

11 8. Repeat steps 2 through 6.

12 Table 3.3.4.2-1. Test Parameters for Adjacent Channel Selectivity


Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2

Adjacent HRPD Channel or


CDMA Channel Offset MHz +2.5 -2.5
from Carrier
Adjacent HRPD Channel or
dBm -37
CDMA Channel Power
Ior dBm/1.23 MHz -102.4

13

14 3.3.4.3 Minimum Standard

15 The PER in each test shall not exceed 1.0% with 95% confidence (see 8.8).

16 3.3.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics

17 3.3.5.1 Definition

18 The receiver blocking characteristic is a measure of the receivers ability to receive a HRPD
19 signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of a single tone on frequencies
20 other than those of the adjacent channels, without unwanted input signal causing a
21 degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a specified limit.

22 3.3.5.2 Method of Measurement

23 1. Connect the sector and an interfering CW tone to the access terminal connector as
24 shown in Figure 8.5.1-4.

25 2. If the access terminal supports Band Class 6, configure the access network to
26 operate in Band Class 6.

27 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
28 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2

3-21
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel rate corresponds to the 2-slot
2 version of 307.2 kbps.

3 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-1 and perform step
4 11.

5 5. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-1 and perform step
6 11.

7 6. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-1 and perform step
8 11.

9 7. Set the test parameters for Test 4 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-1 and perform step
10 11.

11 8. Set the test parameters for Test 5 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-2 and perform steps
12 11 and 12 using the Default CW Tone Power.

13 9. Set the test parameters for Test 6 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-2 and perform steps
14 11 and 12 using the Default CW Tone Power.

15 10. Set the test parameters for Test 7 as specified in Table 3.3.5.2-2 and perform steps
16 11 and 12 using the Default CW Tone Power.

17 11. Step the CW tone frequency through each inclusive range of frequencies given for
18 the current test in Table 3.3.5.2-2 at 1 MHz intervals and perform step 12.

19 12. From the number of packets transmitted and the number of bad packets received
20 calculate the PER for this test.

21 13. If spurious responses occurred in Tests 6 or 7 repeat step 11 and perform step 12
22 for each spurious response frequency using the Alternate CW Tone Power given in
23 Table 3.3.5.2-2.

24

25 Table 3.3.5.2-1. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics (In-Band)


Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4
CW Tone Offset From
kHz +5000 -5000 +7500 -7500
Carrier
CW Tone Power dBm -56 -44
dBm/1.23
Ior -105.5
MHz

26

3-22
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 3.3.5.2-2. Test Parameters for Receiver Blocking Characteristics


2 (Out-Of-Band)
Parameter Units Test 5 Test 6 Test 7
CW Tone 2051 2095 2026 2050 1 2025
MHz
Frequency 2185 2230 2231 2255 2255 12750
Default
dBm -44 -30 -15
CW Tone Power
Alternate
dBm - -44 -44
CW Tone Power
dBm/
Ior -105.5
1.23 MHz

4 3.3.5.3 Minimum Standards

5 The PER in Tests 1 through 5 shall not exceed 10% with 90% confidence (see 8.8.1). With
6 up to a combined total between Tests 6 and 7 of twenty-four (24) exceptions at spurious
7 response frequencies, the PER in Tests 6 and 7 shall not exceed 10% with 90% confidence
8 (see 8.8.1). For each spurious response exception, the PER shall not exceed 10% with 90%
9 confidence (see 8.8.1) when using the Alternate CW Tone Power for interference at the one
10 or more spurious response frequencies.

11 3.4 Limitations on Emissions

12 3.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions

13 3.4.1.1 Definition

14 The conducted spurious emissions are spurious emissions generated or amplified in a


15 receiver that appear at the access terminal antenna connector.

16 3.4.1.2 Method of Measurement

17 1. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the access
18 terminal antenna connector.

19 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
20 terminal to operate in that band and perform steps 3 and 4.

21 3. Enable the access terminal receiver, so that the access terminal continuously cycles
22 between the System Determination State and the Pilot Acquisition State of the Default
23 Initialization State Protocol. Since there is no Forward Channel, the access terminal
24 should not pass the Pilot Acquisition Substate.

25 4. Sweep the spectrum analyzer over a frequency range from the lowest intermediate
26 frequency or lowest oscillator frequency used in the receiver or 1 MHz, whichever is
27 lowest, to at least 2600 MHz for Band Classes 0, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12, 3 GHz
28 for Band Class 3 or at least 6 GHz for Band Classes 1, 4 and 8, and measure the

3-23
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 spurious emission levels. For Band Class 6, sweep the spectrum analyzer over a
2 frequency range from 30 MHz to at least 12.75 GHz and measure the spurious
3 emissions levels.

4 3.4.1.3 Minimum Standard

5 The mean conducted spurious emissions with ten or more averages for an access terminal
6 shall be:

7 (a) Less than 76 dBm for Band Classes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12, or 81
8 dBm for Band Class 3, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the access
9 terminal antenna connector, for frequencies within the access terminal receive band
10 associated with each band class that the access terminal supports.

11 (b) Less than -61 dBm, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the access
12 terminal antenna connector, for frequencies within the access terminal transmit band
13 associated with each band class that the access terminal supports.

14 (c) Less than 57 dBm for Band Class 6, measured in a 100 kHz resolution bandwidth at
15 the access terminal antenna connector, for frequencies from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.

16 (d) Less than -47 dBm for Band Classes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12, or 54 dBm
17 for Band Class 3, measured in a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth at the access terminal
18 antenna connector, for all other frequencies. Less than 47 dBm for Band Class 6,
19 measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the access terminal antenna connector,
20 for all frequencies in the range from 1 GHz to 12.75 GHz.

21 Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall also apply.

22 For example, a Band Class 6 access terminal operating under Japan regional
23 requirements shall limit conducted emissions to:

24 1) less than 41 dBm, measured in a 300 kHz resolution bandwidth at the access
25 terminal antenna connector, for frequencies within the PHS band from 1884.5 to
26 1919.6 MHz

27 3.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions

28 3.4.2.1 Definition

29 The radiated spurious emissions are those spurious emissions generated or amplified in a
30 receiver and radiated by the antenna, housing and all power, control, and audio leads
31 connected to the receiver.

32 3.4.2.2 Method of Measurement

33 1. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
34 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 2 and 3.

35 2. Enable the access terminal receiver, so that the access terminal continuously cycles
36 between the System Determination State and the Pilot Acquisition State of the Default
37 Initialization State Protocol. Since there is no Forward Channel, the access terminal
38 should not pass the Pilot Acquisition Substate.

3-24
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Use the measurement procedure defined in Section 2 to measure the radiated


2 spurious emissions of the access terminal receiver.

3 3.4.2.3 Minimum Standard

4 The mean radiated spurious power levels from the receiver, when measured using the
5 procedure in Section 2, shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 3.4.2.3-1 and Table
6 3.4.2.3-2.

7 Table 3.4.2.3-1. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band Classes 0,
8 1, 7, and 10
Frequency Range Maximum Allowable EIRP

30 to 88 MHz -55 dBm


88 to 216 MHz -52 dBm
216 to 960 MHz -49 dBm
960 to 5 GHz (Band Classes 0, 7, -41 dBm
and 10)
960 to 10 GHz (Band Class 1) -41 dBm

10 Table 3.4.2.3-2. Maximum Allowable Radiated Spurious Emissions for Band Classes 2,
11 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, and 12
Frequency Range Maximum Allowable EIRP

25 to 70 MHz -45 dBm


70 to 130 MHz -41 dBm
130 to 174 MHz -41 to -32 dBm*
174 to 260 MHz -32 dBm
260 to 470 MHz -32 to -26 dBm*
470 to 5 GHz (Band Classes 2, 3,
-21 dBm
5, 9, 11, and 12)
470 to 10 GHz (Band Classes 4, 6
-21 dBm
and 8)
1 GHz to 12.75 GHz
-6 dBm
(Band Class 6)
*Interpolate linearly on a log frequency scale.
12

13 Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall also apply.

14 For example, a Band Class 7 access network operating under US regional requirements
15 shall limit mean radiated spurious emissions to less than 70 dBW/MHz EIRP in the GPS
16 band from 1559 to 1610 MHz.

3-25
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 No text.

3-26
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 4 PHYSICAL LAYER TRANSMITTER MINIMUM STANDARDS

2 4.1 Frequency Requirements

3 4.1.1 Frequency Coverage

4 The frequencies supported shall be as specified in [7].

5 4.1.2 Frequency Accuracy

6 4.1.2.1 Definition

7 The frequency accuracy is the ability of an access terminal transmitter to transmit at an


8 assigned carrier frequency.

9 4.1.2.2 Method of Measurement

10 The method of measurement specified in 4.2.2.2 may be used to perform this test.

11 4.1.2.3 Minimum Standard

12 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 0 shall be
13 within 300 Hz of 45 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

14 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 1 shall be
15 within 150 Hz of 80 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

16 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 2 shall be
17 within 300 Hz of 45 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

18 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 3 shall be
19 within 300 Hz of 55 MHz above the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

20 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 4 shall be
21 within 150 Hz of 90 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

22 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 5 shall be
23 within 300 Hz of 10 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

24 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 6 shall be
25 within 150 Hz of 190 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

26 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 7 shall be
27 within 300 Hz of 30 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

28 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 8 shall be
29 within 150 Hz of 95 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

30 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 9 shall be
31 within 300 Hz of 45 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

32 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 10 for
33 CDMA channel numbers, N, between 0 N 719 shall be within 300 Hz of 45 MHz below
34 the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

4-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 10 for
2 CDMA channel numbers, N, between 720 N 919 shall be within 300 Hz of 39 MHz below
3 the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

4 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 11 shall be
5 within 300 Hz of 10 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

6 The access terminal output carrier frequency while transmitting in Band Class 12 shall be
7 within 300 Hz of 45 MHz below the carrier frequency of the Forward Channel.

8 4.2 Modulation Requirements

9 4.2.1 Time Reference

10 4.2.1.1 Definition

11 The access terminal time reference is derived from the earliest arriving multipath
12 component being used for demodulation. When receiving the Forward Traffic Channel, the
13 access terminal time reference shall be used as the transmit time of the Reverse Traffic
14 Channel. Test 1 checks the accuracy of the access terminal time reference in static
15 conditions. Test 2 checks the access terminal time reference slew rate in dynamic
16 conditions.

17 4.2.1.2 Method of Measurement

18 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
19 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

20 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
21 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.

22 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


23 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
24 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
25 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
26 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots.

27 4. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

28 5. Determine the access terminal transmit time error at the access terminal antenna
29 connector using the r-meter described in 8.4.2.1.

30 6. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
31 8.5.1-1. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The channel simulator
32 periodically generates two alternating paths which are 10 chips apart. Each of the
33 two paths lasts for 20 seconds and the alternating period is 40 seconds.

34 7. Open a connection and configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse
35 Data Channel rate corresponds to 9.6 kbps.

36 8. Determine the access terminal transmit time at the access terminal antenna
37 connector for a period of at least two minutes, and calculate the time reference slew
38 rate.

4-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 4.2.1.3 Minimum Standard

2 The access terminal time reference in steady state conditions shall be within 1 ms of the
3 time of occurrence, as measured at the access terminal antenna connector, of the earliest
4 arriving multipath component being used for demodulation.

5 If an access terminal time reference correction is needed, it shall be corrected no faster than
6 203 ns in any 200 ms period and no slower than 305 ns per second.

7 4.2.2 Waveform Quality and Frequency Accuracy

8 4.2.2.1 Definition
9 The waveform quality factor, rOverall (see 8.4.2.1), is measured in this test. The
10 measurement also returns values for D f and t , which are used to provide estimates of
11 carrier frequency offset and transmit time offset, respectively.

12 4.2.2.2 Method of Measurement


13 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
14 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
15 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
16 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 5.
17 3. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical
18 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
19 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
20 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
21 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
22 (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that
23 the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

24 4. Set I or to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

25 5. Measure the waveform quality factor, rOverall , frequency error, Df , and transmit
26 time error, t, at the access terminal antenna connector using the r-meter described
27 in 8.4.2.1.

28 4.2.2.3 Minimum Standard


29 The waveform quality factor, rOverall , shall be greater than 0.944 (excess power is less than
30 0.25 dB). The frequency error, D f , shall be within 300 Hz while transmitting in Band
31 Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12. The frequency error, D f , shall be within 150 Hz
32 , shall be
while transmitting in Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8. The transmit time error, t
33 within 1 ms.

4-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 4.3 RF Output Power Requirements

2 4.3.1 Range of Open Loop Output Power

3 4.3.1.1 Definition
4 Prior to the application of the access probe corrections and closed-loop power control
5 corrections, the access terminals open loop mean output power of the Pilot Channel, X0,
6 should be within 6 dB and shall be within 9 dB of the value given by
7 X0 = - mean input power (dBm)
8 + OpenLoopAdjust
9 + ProbeInitialAdjust
10 where the parameters OpenLoopAdjust and ProbeInitialAdjust are set by the access network
11 through the AccessParameters Message.
12 This test measures the range of the estimated open loop output power.

13 4.3.1.2 Method of Measurement


14 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
15 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
16 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
17 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 13.
18 3. Set the InitialConfiguration attribute fields of the Default Access Channel MAC
19 Protocol to the values specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

ProbeSequenceMax 1 (1 sequence)

20

21 4. Set the parameter values in the AccessParameters Message to the values specified
22 below.

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PreambleLength 7 (7 frames)
78 (-78 dB) for BC 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, and 12
OpenLoopAdjust
81 (-81 dB) for BC 1, 4, 6, and 8

23

24 5. Set the access network to a 100% forward packet activity.


25 6. Set the test parameter for Test 1 as specified in Table 4.3.1.2-1.
26 7. Set the access network to ignore all access attempts.
27 8. Send a page to the access terminal.

4-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 9. Measure the mean output power of the access terminal at the antenna connector
2 during transmission of a probe.
3 10. Set the test parameter for Test 2 as specified in Table 4.3.1.2-1 and repeat steps 8
4 and 9.
5 11. Set the test parameter for Test 3 as specified in Table 4.3.1.2-1 and repeat steps 8
6 and 9.
7 12. Set the Access network to a 0% forward packet activity.
8 13. Repeat steps 6 through 11.

9 Table 4.3.1.2-1. Test Parameters of or for Range of Open Loop Output Power

Access
Band Class Terminal Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
Class

Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -103.0


0, 3, 9, and 12 Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -98.3
Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -93.5
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -103.0
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -97.0
1, 4, 6, and 8 Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -91.3
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -86.1
Class V dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -81.0
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -103.0
2 Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -98.3
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -93.5
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -99.7
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -98.3
5 and 11
Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -93.5
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -88.1
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -98.3
7 and 10
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -25 -65 -93.5

10

11 4.3.1.3 Minimum Standard


12 The access terminal output power shall satisfy the range specified in Table 4.3.1.3-1 for any
13 forward packet activity.

4-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.3.1.3-1. Minimum Standards for Range of Open Loop Output Power
Band Access
Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
Class Terminal Class

Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 27.3 9.5


0, 3, and
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 24.3 9.5
9
Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 20.3 9.5
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -50.7 9.5 -10.7 9.5 24.3
+ 8.7/ 9.5

1, 4, 6, Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -50.7 9.5 -10.7 9.5 20.3 9.5


and 8 Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -50.7 9.5 -10.7 9.5 15.3 9.5
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -50.7 9.5 -10.7 9.5 10.3 9.5
Class V dBm/1.23 MHz -50.7 9.5 -10.7 9.5 5.3 9.5
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 27.3 9.5
2 Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 24.3 9.5
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 20.3 9.5
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 25.3 9.5
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 24.3 9.5
5
Class III dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 20.3 9.5
Class IV dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 15.3 9.5
Class I dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 24.3 9.5
7 and 10
Class II dBm/1.23 MHz -47.7 9.5 -7.7 9.5 20.3 9.5
Note: An additional 0.5 dB is added to the minimum standards to account for test
equipment uncertainties.

3 4.3.2 Time Response of Open Loop Power Control

4 4.3.2.1 Definition
5 Following a step change in the mean input power, the mean output power of the access
6 terminal changes as a result of the open loop power control. This test measures the open
7 loop power control time response to a step change in the mean input power.

8 4.3.2.2 Method of Measurement


9 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
10 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
11 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
12 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 11.

4-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Set up a Test Application session using one of the Physical Layer subtypes. Open a
2 connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP
3 so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2
4 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data
5 Channel payload size corresponds to 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots.
6 4. Configure the Test Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP
7 (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that the ACK Channel Bit Fixed mode is disabled.
8 5. Set the frame activity factor for the access terminal under test to zero by setting the
9 access network to send all packets to one or more alternate access terminals.

10 6. Set Ior to 60 dBm/1.23 MHz.

11 7. Send alternating 0 and 1 power control bits on the Forward Traffic Channel.
12 8. Change the input power by a step of +20 dB and measure the transmitted output
13 power as a function of time after the step change for 100 ms.
14 9. Change the input power by a step of -20 dB and measure the transmitted output
15 power as a function of time after the step change for 100 ms.
16 10. Change the input power by a step of -20 dB and measure the transmitted output
17 power as a function of time after the step change for 100 ms.
18 11. Change the input power by a step of +20 dB and measure the transmitted output
19 power as a function of time after the step change for 100 ms.

20 4.3.2.3 Minimum Standard


21 Following a step change in mean input power, DPin, the mean output power of the access
22 terminal shall transition to its final value in a direction opposite in sign to DPin, with
23 magnitude contained between mask limits defined by:
24 (a) Upper limit:
25 For 0 < t < 24 ms: max [1.2 |DPin| (t/24), |DPin| (t/24) + 2.0 dB] + 1.5 dB,

26 For t 24 ms: max [1.2 |DPin|,|DPin|+ 0.5 dB] + 1.5 dB;

27 (b) Lower limit:


28 For t > 0: max [0.8 |DPin| [1 - e(1.67 - t)/36] - 2.0 dB, 0] - 1 dB;

29 where t is expressed in units of milliseconds, DPin is expressed in units of dB, and max [x,y]
30 is the maximum of x and y. Figure 4.3.2.3-1 shows the limits for DPin = 20 dB. The absolute
31 value of the change in mean output power due to open loop power control shall be a
32 monotonically increasing function of time. If the change in mean output power consists of
33 discrete increments, no single increment due to open loop power control shall exceed 1.2 dB.
34

4-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

2 Figure 4.3.2.3-1. Upper and Lower Limits for Open Loop Power Control Step Response
3 for DPin = 20 dB

5 4.3.3 Range of Closed Loop Power Control

6 4.3.3.1 Definition
7 The access terminal provides a closed loop adjustment to its open loop estimate.
8 Adjustments are made in response to the received power control bits. The range of the
9 adjustment is defined by the difference between the maximum access terminal output
10 power and the open loop estimate, and the difference between the minimum access
11 terminal output power and the open loop estimate.

12 4.3.3.2 Method of Measurement


13 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
14 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
15 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
16 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 21.

4-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. The default value for power control step size is 1 dB as specified in the Default
2 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol section of [1].
3 4. If the access terminal supports Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, perform steps 6 to 21.
4 5. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 7 to 21.
5 6. Set the DRCLock attribute fields of the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC
6 Protocol to the values specified below:
7

Parameter Value

DRCLockPeriod 1 (16 slots)

9 7. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


10 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
11 corresponds to 153.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
12 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
13 4096 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots.
14 8. Set the DRCLock bit for both sectors to 1 at all times.
15 9. Set the attenuation in the Forward Channel to yield an open loop output power,
16 measured at the access terminal antenna connector, of -15 dBm (Test 1) and
17 perform steps 11 and 12.
18 10. Set the attenuation in the Forward Channel to yield an open loop output power,
19 measured at the access terminal antenna connector, of 4 dB below the lower limit
20 for the Band Class and Access Terminal class as shown in Table 4.3.4.3-1 for the AT
21 under test (Test 2) and perform steps 11 and 12.
22 11. Transmit alternating 0 and 1 power control bits (the last bit is a 1 bit), followed by
23 120 consecutive 0 power control bits, followed by 120 consecutive 1 power control
24 bits, and followed by 120 consecutive 0 power control bits.
25 12. Measure the access terminal output power.
26 13. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
27 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 76.8 kbps.
28 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the
29 Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to 2048 bits with Termination
30 Target of 16 slots.
31 14. Set the attenuation in the Forward Channel to yield an open loop output power,
32 measured at the access terminal antenna connector, of -15 dBm (Test 3) and
33 perform steps 18 and 19.
34 15. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
35 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 38.4 kbps.
36 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the

4-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to 1024 bits with Termination
2 Target of 16 slots. Repeat step 14 (Test 4) and perform steps 18 and 19.
3 16. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
4 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 19.2 kbps.
5 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the
6 Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to 512 bits with Termination Target
7 of 16 slots. Repeat step 14 (Test 5) and perform steps 18 and 19.
8 17. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
9 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 9.6 kbps.
10 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the
11 Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to 256 bits with Termination Target
12 of 16 slots. Repeat step 14 (Test 6) and perform steps 18 and 19.
13 18. Transmit alternating 0 and 1 power control bits (the last bit is a 1 bit), followed by
14 120 consecutive 0 power control bits, followed by 120 consecutive 1 power control
15 bits, and followed by 120 consecutive 0 power control bits.
16 19. Measure the access terminal output power.
17 20. If the access terminal supports power control step size of 0.5 dB, set the power
18 control step size to 0.5 dB. Set the RPCStep field of the PowerParameters attribute of
19 the Default Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol to the value '00'.
20 21. Perform steps 7 through 19, with the exception of step 10. Tests 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11
21 are equivalent to Tests 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6, with the exception of the step size.

22 4.3.3.3 Minimum Standard


23 The average rate of change in mean output power requirement specified below applies to
24 access terminal output power up to 3 dB below the lower limit of the maximum output
25 power specified in Table 4.3.4.3-1.
26 Tests 1 and 3 through 6:
27 (a) The closed loop power control range shall be at least 24 dB around the open loop
28 estimate.
29 (b) The interval from the end of the first 1 power control bit after the 120 consecutive
30 0 power control bits to the time the access terminal output power starts to
31 decrease shall be no longer than 3.33 ms for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer and
32 no longer than 13.33 ms for Subtype 2 Physical Layer.
33 (c) The average rate of change in mean output power shall be greater than 12 dB per
34 26.67 ms and less than 18 dB per 26.67 ms for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer
35 and greater than 12 dB per 106.67 ms and less than 18 dB per 106.67 ms for
36 Subtype 2 Physical Layer.
37 (d) Following the reception of a power control bit, the mean output power of the
38 access terminal shall be within 0.3 dB of its final value in less than 500 ms.
39 Test 2:

4-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 (a) The interval from the end of the first 1 power control bit after the 120 consecutive
2 0 power control bits to the time the access terminal output power starts to
3 decrease shall be no longer than 3.33 ms for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer and
4 no longer than 13.33 ms for Subtype 2 Physical Layer.
5 Tests 7 through 11:
6 (a) The average rate of change in mean output power shall be greater than 12 dB per
7 53.33 ms and less than 18 dB per 53.33 ms for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer
8 and greater than 12 dB per 106.67 ms and less than 18 dB per 106.67 ms for
9 Subtype 2 Physical Layer.
10 (b) Following the reception of a power control bit, the mean output power of the
11 access terminal shall be within 0.15 dB of its final value in less than 500 ms.

12 4.3.4 Maximum RF Output Power

13 4.3.4.1 Definition
14 The maximum radiated RF output power is determined by the measurement of the
15 maximum power that the access terminal transmits as measured at the access terminal
16 antenna connector plus the antenna gain recommended by the access terminal
17 manufacturer. The antenna gain is determined by using the Radiated Signal Measurement
18 Procedures (see 2.6) and calculating the antenna gain for EIRP or ERP as appropriate.

19 4.3.4.2 Method of Measurement


20 1. Configure all of the open loop parameters to their maximum settings. Set the
21 following parameters of the AccessParameters Message as specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

81 (-81 dB) for BC 0, 2, 3, 5,


7, 9, 10, 11, and 12
OpenLoopAdjust
84 (-84 dB) for BC 1, 4, 6,
and 8
ProbeInitialAdjust 15 (15 dB)
PowerStep 15 (7.5 dB/step)

22

23 2. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
24 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
25 3. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
26 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 4 through 7.
27 4. Set up a Test Application session using one of the Physical Layer subtypes. Open a
28 connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP
29 so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 153.6 kbps. For Subtype 2
30 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data

4-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Channel payload size corresponds to 4096 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots.
2 Configure the Test Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP
3 (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that the Forward Traffic Channel data rate
4 corresponds to the 2-slot version of 307.2 kbps, and the ACK Channel is transmitted
5 at all the slots.

6 5. Set Ior to 60 dBm/1.23 MHz.

7 6. Send continuously 0 power control bits to the access terminal.


8 7. Measure the mean access terminal output power at the access terminal antenna
9 connector.

10 4.3.4.3 Minimum Standard


11 The maximum output power of each access terminal class shall be such that the maximum
12 radiated power for the access terminal class using the antenna gain recommended by the
13 access terminal manufacturer is within the limits specified in Table 4.3.4.3-1. The antenna
14 gain is determined using the Radiated Signal Measurement Procedures (see 2.6) and
15 calculating the antenna gain for EIRP or ERP as appropriate.
16

4-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.3.4.3-1. Effective Radiated Power at Maximum Output Power


Access
Radiating
Band Class Terminal Lower Limit Upper Limit
Measurement
Class

Class I ERP 1 dBW (1.25 W) 8 dBW (6.3 W)


0, 3, 9, and
Class II ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)
12
Class III ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)
Class I EIRP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 3 dBW (2.0 W)
Class II EIRP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)
1, 4 and 8 Class III EIRP -12 dBW (63 mW) -3 dBW (0.5 W)
Class IV EIRP -17 dBW (20 mW) -6 dBW (0.25 W)
Class V EIRP -22 dBW (6.3 mW) -9 dBW (0.13 W)
Class I EIRP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 3 dBW (2.0 W)

6 Class II EIRP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

(outside Class III EIRP -12 dBW (63 mW) -3 dBW (0.5 W)
Japan) Class IV EIRP -17 dBW (20 mW) -6 dBW (0.25 W)
Class V EIRP -22 dBW (6.3 mW) -9 dBW (0.13 W)
Class I and II EIRP -10 dBW (0.1 W) -6 dBW (0.25 W)
6 Class III EIRP -12 dBW (63 mW) -6 dBW (0.25 W)
(in Japan) Class IV EIRP -17 dBW (20 mW) -6 dBW (0.25 W)
Class V EIRP -22 dBW (6.3 mW) -9 dBW (0.13 W)
Class II ERP 1 dBW (1.25 W) 8 dBW (6.3 W)
2 Class III ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)
Class IV ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)
Class I ERP 3 dBW (2.0 W) 10 dBW (10 W)
Class II ERP -2 dBW (0.63 W) 5 dBW (3.2 W)
5 and 11
Class III ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)
Class IV ERP -12 dBW (63 mW) -5 dBW (320 mW)
Class I ERP -3 dBW (0.5 W) 4 dBW (2.5 W)
7 and 10
Class II ERP -7 dBW (0.2 W) 0 dBW (1.0 W)

3 For Band Class 6 operation, the access terminal should use country code information in the
4 SectorParameters message (see [1]) to determine the correct maximum radiated power
5 allowed.

4-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 4.3.5 Minimum Controlled Output Power

2 4.3.5.1 Definition
3 The minimum controlled output power of the access terminal is the output power,
4 measured at the access terminal antenna connector, when both closed loop and open loop
5 power control indicate minimum output.

6 4.3.5.2 Method of Measurement


7 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
8 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
9 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
10 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 5.
11 3. Set up a Test Application session using one of the Physical Layer subtypes. Open a
12 connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP
13 so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2
14 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data
15 Channel payload size corresponds to 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots.

16 4. Set Ior to 25 dBm/1.23 MHz.

17 5. Send continuously 1 power control bits to the access terminal.

18 4.3.5.3 Minimum Standard


19 With both closed loop and open loop power control set to minimum, the mean output power
20 of the access terminal shall be less than 50 dBm/1.23 MHz centered at the CDMA
21 Channel frequency.

22 4.3.6 Standby Output Power

23 4.3.6.1 Definition
24 The standby output power is the access terminal output power when its transmit functions
25 are disabled, e.g., during the Initialization State or during the Idle State of the Default Air-
26 Link Management Protocol or during the Reverse Link Silence Interval.

27 4.3.6.2 Method of Measurement


28 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
29 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
30 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
31 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 5.
32 3. Measure the output power, at the access terminal antenna connector, during the
33 Initialization State or during the Idle State of the Default Air-Link Management
34 Protocol.

35 4. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

4-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 5. Send a page to the access terminal and measure the output power, at the access
2 terminal antenna connector, during the time periods between transmission of access
3 probes.

4 4.3.6.3 Minimum Standard


5 When the transmitter is disabled, the output noise power spectral density of the access
6 terminal shall be less than -61 dBm, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the
7 access terminal antenna connector, for frequencies within the access terminal transmit
8 band.

9 4.3.7 RRI Channel Output Power

10 4.3.7.1 Definition
11 For access terminals supporting Subtype 0 or Subtype 1 Physical Layer, the RRI Channel is
12 transmitted over the first 256 chips of every slot during a connection. The RRI Channel
13 punctures the Pilot Channel and both channels are transmitted at the same power level.
14 For access terminals supporting Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the RRI Channel is transmitted
15 throughout the whole slot at a different code channel from the Pilot Channel at a power
16 level RRIChannelGain relative to the Pilot Channel power level.
17 This test verifies that the RRI Channel is transmitted at the same power level as the Pilot
18 Channel for access terminals supporting Subtype 0 or Subtype 1 Physical Layer or that the
19 RRI Channel is transmitted at a power level of RRIChannelGain relative to the Pilot Channel
20 power level.
21 Test 1 is applicable only to access terminals that support Subtype 0 or Subtype 1 Physical
22 Layer. Test 2 is applicable only to access terminals that support Subtype 2 Physical Layer.
23

24 4.3.7.2 Method of Measurement


25 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
26 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
27 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
28 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.
29 3. Open a connection.

30 4. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

31 5. Measure D RRI / Pilot with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2. (Test
32 1)
33 6. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
34 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Link Data Channel is transmitted at the 256-
35 bit payload. The Transmission Mode is High Capacity with
36 HiCapTerminationTarget256 set to 4 sub-frames (default value). This is equivalent to

4-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 setting the PowerParameters256 Attribute of the Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic Channel


2 MAC Protocol to the value specified below:

Field Value (Decimal)

HiCapT2PTransition256 0x3 (4 sub-frames)


HiCapTerminationTarget256 0x3 (4 sub-frames)

4 7. Set the RRIChannelPowerParameters Attribute of the Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic


5 Channel MAC Protocol to the value specified below:

Field Value (Decimal)

RRIChannelGainPreTransition3 0xA (-6 dB)


Remaining Parameters As specified by manufacturer

7 8. Measure rPilot and rRRI with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2.
8 Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rRRI = r16
real (4) . (Test 2)

9 4.3.7.3 Minimum Standard


10 ( )
In Test 1, the value 10 log10 D RRI / Pilot shall be between -0.25 and 0.25 dB.

r
11 In Test 2, the difference of 10 log10 RRI and RRIChannelGain (dB) shall be between
rPilot
12 -6.25 and -5.75 dB.

13 4.3.8 Code Domain Power


14 The code domain power is a measure of the power in each code channel of a CDMA Channel.
15 The time reference used in the code domain power test is derived from the Reverse Channel
16 overall waveform and is used as the reference for demodulation of all the code channels.

17 4.3.8.1 DRC Channel Output Power

18 4.3.8.1.1 Definition
19 The DRC Channel is transmitted at a power level DRCChannelGain relative to the Pilot/RRI
20 Channel power level.
21 This test verifies the output power of the DRC Channel relative to that of the Pilot Channel.

22 4.3.8.1.2 Method of Measurement


23 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
24 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

4-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
2 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.
3 3. Set DRCChannelGain to 0 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.
4 4. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
5 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
6 Physical Layer) so that the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

7 5. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

8 6. Measure rPilot and rDRC with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2.
9 Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rDRC = r16
imag
(8) .

10 7. Set DRCChannelGain to 3 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

11 8. Repeat steps 4 through 6.

12 4.3.8.1.3 Minimum Standard

r
13 The difference of 10 log10 DRC and DRCChannelGain (dB) shall be less than 0.25 dB .
Pilot
r

14 4.3.8.2 ACK Channel Output Power

15 4.3.8.2.1 Definition

16 When transmitted, the ACK Channel is transmitted at a power level AckChannelGain


17 relative to the Pilot/RRI Channel power level.

18 This test verifies the output power of the ACK Channel relative to that of the Pilot Channel.

19 4.3.8.2.2 Method of Measurement

20 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
21 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

22 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
23 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.

24 3. Set AckChannelGain to 0 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

25 4. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and configure the Test
26 Application FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2
27 Physical Layer) so that the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

28 5. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

29 6. Measure rPilot and r ACK with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2.
30 Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and r ACK is defined in 8.4.2.2.

31 7. Set AckChannelGain to 3 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

32 8. Repeat steps 4 through 6.

4-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 4.3.8.2.3 Minimum Standard

r
2 The difference of 10 log10 ACK and AckChannelGain (dB) shall be less than 0.25 dB .

rPilot

3 4.3.8.3 Data Channel Output Power

4 4.3.8.3.1 Definition

5 For Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, the Data Channel, when transmitted, is transmitted
6 on the Q-phase at a power level DataChannelGain relative to the Pilot/RRI Channel power
7 level. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the Data Channel, when transmitted, is transmitted on
8 the Q-phase (and also I-phase for the higher payloads) at a power level Traffic-to-Pilot power
9 ratio (T2P) relative to the Pilot Channel power level. The value of DataChannelGain or T2P
10 varies with Reverse Data Channel rate (and TerminationTarget for Subtype 2 Physical Layer)
11 and is set as part of the configuration of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol.

12 This test verifies the output power of the Data Channel (and Auxiliary Pilot Channel where
13 applicable) relative to that of the Pilot Channel.

14 4.3.8.3.2 Method of Measurement

15 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
16 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

17 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
18 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 23.

19 3. If the access terminal supports Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, perform steps 5 to 16


20 in Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer.

21 4. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 5 to 23 in


22 Subtype 2 Physical Layer.

23 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


24 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
25 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
26 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
27 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
28 (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that
29 the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

30 6. Set Ior to 75 dBm/1.23 MHz.

31 7. Measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in
32 8.4.2 (Test 1). Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rData = r4
imag
(2) .

33 8. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test


34 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds 19.2 kbps. For
35 Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse

4-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 512 bits with Termination Target of 16
2 slots.
3 9. Measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in
4 8.4.2 (Test 2). Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rData = r4
imag
(2) .

5 10. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
6 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds 38.4 kbps. For
7 Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse
8 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 1024 bits with Termination Target of 16
9 slots.
10 11. Measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in
11 8.4.2 (Test 3). Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rData = r4
imag
(2) .

12 12. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
13 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds 76.8 kbps. For
14 Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse
15 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 2048 bits with Termination Target of 16
16 slots.
17 13. Measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in
18 8.4.2. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, also measure rData,real,4 and Data,imag,4

19 (Test 4). Note that rPilot = r16


real
(0) , rData,real,4 = r4
real
(2) , rData,imag,4 = r4
imag
(2)

20 and rData = r4imag


(2) (Subtypes 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or
21 rData = rData,real,4 + rData, imag,4 (Subtpye 2 Physical Layer).

22 14. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, configure the Test
23 Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 153.6 kbps.
24 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test Application RETAP so that the
25 Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to 4096 bits with Termination
26 Target of 16 slots.

27 15. Measure rPilot , r16


real
(i) and r16
imag
(i) for i=0...15 with a Code Domain Power

28 Analyzer as described in 8.4.2 (Test 5). Note that rPilot = r16


real
(0) .

29 16. For access terminals that support Subtypes 1 or 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
30 Application RETAP so that the Access Channel data rate is 9.6 kbps. Page the
31 access terminal and measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer
32 as described in 8.4.2 over the capsule portion of each Access Channel probe (Test 6).
33 Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rData = r4
imag
(2) .

34 17. Configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Access Channel data rate is 38.4
35 kbps. Page the access terminal and measure rPilot and rData with a Code Domain

4-19
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2 over the capsule portion of each Access
2 Channel probe (Test 7). Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rData = r4
imag
(2) .

3 18. Open a connection and configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse
4 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 3072 bits and set the Termination Target
5 to 16 slots.
6 19. Measure rPilot , AuxPilot , rData, real,2 , rData, imag,2 and rData with a Code

7 Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2 (Test 8). Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) ,

8 r AuxPilot = r32
real
(28) , rData, real,2 = r2
real
(1) , rData, imag,2 = r2
imag
(1) and
9 rData = rData, real,2 + rData, imag,2 .

10 20. Open a connection and configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse
11 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 6144 bits and set the Termination Target
12 to 16 slots.
13 21. Measure rPilot , r AuxPilot , rData, real,4 , rData, imag,4 , rData, real,2 , Data, imag,2
14 and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2 (Test 9). Note
15 that rPilot = r16 32 4
real (0) , r AuxPilot = rreal (28) , rData, real,4 = rreal (2) ,
16 rData, imag,4 = r4
imag
(2) , rData, real,2 = r2
real
(1) , rData, imag,2 = r2
imag
(1) and
17 rData = rData, real,4 + rData, imag,4 + rData, real,2 + rData, imag,2 .

18 22. Open a connection and configure the Test Application RETAP so that the Reverse
19 Data Channel payload size corresponds to 12288 bits and set the Termination
20 Target to 16 slots.
21 23. Measure rPilot , r AuxPilot , rData, real,4 , rData, imag,4 , rData, real,2 , rData, imag,2
22 and rData with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2 (Test 10). Note
23 that rPilot = r16 32 4
real (0) , r AuxPilot = rreal (28) , rData, real,4 = rreal (2) ,
24 rData, imag,4 = r4
imag
(2) , rData, real,2 = r2
real
(1) , rData, imag,2 = r2
imag
(1) and
25 rData = rData, real,4 + rData, imag,4 + rData, real,2 + rData, imag,2 .

26 4.3.8.3.3 Minimum Standard

27 Tests 1 through 5:

r
28 For Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, the of 10 log10 Data and
difference
rPilot
29 DataChannelGain shall be less than 0.25 dB for all the tests. Table 4.3.8.3.3-1 shows the
30 default values of DataChannelGain for each of the Reverse Data Channel rates as defined
31 by the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol (Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer) defined in
32 [1].

4-20
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

r
1 For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the difference of 10 log10 Data and T2P shall be less

rPilot
Data,real,4
2 than 0.25 dB for all the tests. For Test 5, the difference of both 10 log10 and

Pilot
Data,imag,4
10 log10 and the component T2P shall be less than 0.25 dB. Table

3
Pilot
4 4.3.8.3.3-2 shows the default values of the total T2P and those for the component Walsh
5 Channels as defined by Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol (Subtype 2
6 Physical Layer) in [1].

7 Table 4.3.8.3.3-1 DataChannelGain vs. Rate (Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer)


Rate (kbps) DataChannelGain (dB)

9.6 3.75
19.2 6.75
38.4 9.75
76.8 13.25
153.6 18.50

9 Table 4.3.8.3.3-2 T2P and AuxiliaryPilotGain vs Payload size (Subtype 2 Physical


10 Layer)
Payload size (bits) T2P (dB) (on Walsh code or total) AuxiliaryPilotGain (dB)

W2,4real W2,4imag W1,2real W1,2imag Total

256 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.75 N/A


512 N/A N/A N/A N/A 7 N/A
1024 N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 N/A
2048 9.99 9.99 N/A N/A 13 N/A
3072 N/A N/A 11.24 11.24 14.25 2.25
6144 9.22 9.22 12.23 12.23 17 5
12288 13.47 13.47 16.48 16.48 21.25 9.25

11

16
12 In Test 5, the value of r16
real (i ) and rimag (i) for all the inactive channels shall be less than

13 0.005. Equivalently stated, the code domain power in each inactive channel shall be 23 dB
14 or more below the total transmit power. When either component of a code channel is active,
15 the whole code channel is considered active, and this requirement shall not apply.

4-21
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

16
1 Note that, for Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, rPilot = r16
real (0) , rDRC = rimag (8) ,

2 rData = r4imag (2) , and r ACK = r8real (4) constitute the only measurements with active
16 32
3 channels. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, rPilot = r16
real (0) , rDRC = rimag (8 ) , rDSC = rreal (12) ,

4 rRRI = r16
real (4) , r ACK = r32
real (12) , r AuxPilot = r32
real
(28) , rData, real,2 = r2
real
(1) and

5 rData, imag,2 = r2
imag
(1) constitute the only measurements with active channels.

6 Test 6:
r
7 The difference of 10 log10 Data and DataChannelGain shall be less than 0.25 dB . The
rPilot
8 default value of DataChannelGain for the capsule portion of the Access Channel
9 transmissions corresponds to 3.75 dB as defined by the Access Channel MAC Protocol
10 defined in [1].
11 Test 7:
r
12 The difference of 10 log10 Data and DataChannelGain shall be less than 0.25 dB . The
rPilot
13 default value of DataChannelGain for the capsule portion of the Access Channel 38.4 kbps
14 transmission corresponds to 9.75 dB.

15 Tests 8 to 10:
r
16 The difference of 10 log10 Data and T2P shall be less than 0.25 dB for all the tests. The

rPilot
Data,real,4
17 difference of the corresponding component T2P, and each of 10 log10 ,

Pilot
Data,imag,4 Data,imag,2
10 log10 , 10 log10 Data,real,2 and 10 log10 shall be
18

Pilot Pilot Pilot
19 less than 0.25 dB. Table 4.3.8.3.3-2 shows the default values of T2P for each of the Reverse
20 Data Channel payloads as defined in Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol in [1].

r
21 The difference of 10 log10 AuxPilot and AuxiliaryPilotGain shall be less than 0.25 dB
rPilot
22 for all the tests. Table 4.3.8.3.3-2 shows the default values of AuxiliaryPilotGain 2 as
23 defined by the Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol defined in [1].

2 The value of AuxPilotChannelGain in Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol is defined

relative to the T2P in [1]. The values listed here in Table 4.3.8.3.3-2 are listed relative to the Pilot
Channel transmit power level taking into account the T2P in each case.

4-22
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 4.3.8.4 DSC Channel Output Power

2 This test is applicable only to access terminals that support Subtype 2 Physical Layer.

3 4.3.8.4.1 Definition

4 The DSC Channel is transmitted at a power level of DSCChannelGain relative to the Pilot
5 Channel power level.
6 This test verifies the output power of the DSC Channel relative to that of the Pilot Channel.

7 4.3.8.4.2 Method of Measurement


8 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
9 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
10 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
11 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.

12 3. Set DSCChannelGain to -9 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

13 4. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and set up the ACK Channel
14 so that it is transmitted for all the slots. Configure the Test Application RTAP so that
15 the Reverse Data Channel rate corresponds to 9.6 kbps (256-bit payload with
16 HighCapacity Transmission Mode and a HiCapTerminationTarget256 of 0x3, (16
17 slots)).

18 5. Set Ior to -75 dBm/1.23 MHz.


19 6. Measure rPilot and rDSC with a Code Domain Power Analyzer as described in 8.4.2.
20 Note that rPilot = r16
real
(0) and rDSC is defined in 8.4.2.2.

21 7. Set DSCChannelGain to -12 dB in the TrafficChannelAssignment message.

22 8. Repeat steps 4 through 6.

23 4.3.8.4.3 Minimum Standard

r
24 The difference of 10 log10 DSC and DSCChannelGain (dB) shall be less than 0.25 dB .
Pilot
r

25 4.4 Limitations on Emissions

26 4.4.1 Conducted Spurious Emissions

27 4.4.1.1 Definition
28 The conducted spurious emissions are emissions at frequencies that are outside the
29 assigned CDMA Channel, measured at the access terminal antenna connector. This test
30 measures the spurious emissions during continuous transmission.

31 4.4.1.2 Method of Measurement


32 1. Set the following parameters of the AccessParameters Message as specified below:

4-23
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Parameter Value (Decimal)

81 (-81 dB) for BC 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10,


OpenLoopAdjust 11, and 12
84 (-84 dB) for BC 1, 4, 6, and 8
ProbeInitialAdjust 15 (15 dB)
PowerStep 15 (7.5 dB/step)

2 2. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
3 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
4 Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the access
5 terminal antenna connector.

6 3. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
7 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.
8 4. If the access terminal supports Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer, perform steps 6
9 through 9 using Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer.
10 5. If the access terminal supports Subtype 2 Physical Layer, perform steps 6 through 9
11 using Subtype 2 Physical Layer.

12 6. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical


13 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
14 corresponds to 153.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
15 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
16 4096 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
17 (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that
18 the Forward Traffic Channel data rate corresponds to the 2-slot version of 307.2
19 kbps, and the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

20 7. Set Ior to 60 dBm/1.23 MHz.

21 8. Send continuously 0 power control bits to the access terminal.


22 9. Measure the spurious emission levels.

23 4.4.1.3 Minimum Standard


24 The spurious emissions in the mobile stations receive band shall be less than -76 dBm
25 measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth for band classes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
26 and 12. For band class 3, the spurious emissions in the mobile stations receive band shall
27 be less than -81 dBm measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth.

28 When transmitting in Band Classes 0, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 or 12, the spurious emissions with
29 ten or more averages shall be less than the limits specified in Table 4.4.1.3-1.
30

4-24
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.4.1.3-1. Band Classes 0, 2, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12 Transmitter


2 Spurious Emission Limits
For |Df| Within the Range Emission Limit

885 kHz to 1.98 MHz Less stringent of


-42 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz
1.25 to 4.00 MHz
-13 dBm / 30 kHz
(Band Class 10 only)
1.98 MHz to 4.00 MHz Less stringent of
-54 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz
> 1.98 MHz
-54 dBc/30 kHz
(Band Class 3 only)
2.25 MHz to 4.00 MHz
-35 dBm/6.25 kHz
(Band Class 7 only)
> 4.00 MHz -13 dBm / 1 kHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz
(ITU Category A only) -13 dBm / 10 kHz; 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz
-13 dBm/100 kHz; 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz
-13 dBm / 1 MHz; 1 GHz < f < 5 GHz
> 4.00 MHz -36 dBm / 1 kHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz
(ITU Category B only) -36 dBm / 10 kHz; 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz
-36 dBm/100 kHz; 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz
-30 dBm / 1 MHz; 1 GHz < f < 12.75 GHz
Note: All frequencies in the measurement bandwidth shall satisfy the restrictions
on |Df| where Df = center frequency - closer measurement edge frequency (f).
Compliance with the -35 dBm / 6.25 kHz limit is based on the use of
measurement instrumentation such that the reading taken with any resolution
bandwidth setting should be adjusted to indicate spectral power in a 6.25 kHz
segment. ITU Category B is intended to apply to only Band Class 5, 9, 11 and 12.
The -13 dBm/30 kHz requirement for Band Class 10 is based on CFR 47 Part
90.691(a)(2).

4 When transmitting in Band Classes 1, 4, 6, or 8, the spurious emissions with ten or more
5 averages shall be less than the limits specified in Table 4.4.1.3-2.

4-25
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.4.1.3-2. Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits


For |Df| Within the Range Emission Limit

1.25 MHz to 1.98 MHz less stringent of


-42 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz
1.98 MHz to 4.00 MHz less stringent of
-50 dBc/30 kHz or -54 dBm/1.23 MHz
2.25 MHz to 4.00 MHz -[13 + 1 (Df 2.25 MHz)] dBm / 1 MHz
(Band Class 6 only)
> 4.00 MHz -13 dBm / 1 kHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz
(ITU Category A) -13 dBm / 10 kHz; 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz
-13 dBm/100 kHz; 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz
-13 dBm / 1 MHz; 1 GHz < f < 10 GHz
> 4.00 MHz -36 dBm / 1 kHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz
(ITU Category B) -36 dBm / 10 kHz; 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz
-36 dBm/100 kHz; 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz
-30 dBm / 1 MHz; 1 GHz < f < 12.75 GHz

Note: All frequencies in the measurement bandwidth shall satisfy the


restrictions on |Df| where Df = center frequency - closer measurement edge
frequency (f). ITU Category B is intended to apply to only Band Classes 6 and
8.

3 When transmitting in Band Class 3, the spurious emissions with ten or more averages shall
4 be less than the limits specified in Table 4.4.1.3-3.

4-26
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.4.1.3-3. Band Class 3 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits


Measurement For |Df| Within the
Emission Limit
Frequency Range

> 815 MHz and 900 kHz and


-42 dBc / 30 kHz
850 MHz, < 1.98 MHz
> 887 MHz and
889 MHz,
> 893 MHz and 25 mW (-16 dBm) / 100 kHz; Pout 30 dBm
901 MHz, 1.98 MHz
-54 dBc / 100 kHz; Pout > 30 dBm
> 915 MHz and
925 MHz
> 885 MHz and 25 mW (-16 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout 30 dBm;
958 MHz, < 1.98 MHz Less stringent of -60 dBc / 30 kHz
except or 2.5 mW (-26 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout > 30 dBm
> 887 MHz and
889 MHz
> 893 MHz and 25 mW (-16 dBm) / 100 kHz; Pout 30 dBm;
901 MHz 1.98 MHz Less stringent of -60 dBc / 100 kHz
> 915 MHz and or 2.5 mW (-26 dBm) / 100 kHz; Pout > 30 dBm
925 MHz
25 mW (-16 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout 30 dBm;
885 MHz < 1.98 MHz Less stringent of -60 dBc / 30 kHz
and or 2.5 mW (-26 dBm) / 30 kHz; Pout > 30 dBm
> 958 MHz,
25 mW (-16 dBm) / 1 MHz; Pout 44 dBm
except 815-850
MHz 1.98 MHz More stringent of -60 dBc / 1 MHz
and 20 mW (13 dBm) / 1 MHz; Pout > 44 dBm
Note: All frequencies in the measurement bandwidth shall satisfy the restrictions on |Df|
where Df = center frequency closer measurement edge frequency (f). The lower and upper
limits of the frequency measurement are currently 10 MHz and 3 GHz in Japan radio
measurement documents.

3 When transmitting in Band Class 6, the spurious emissions with ten or more averages shall
4 also be less than the requirements in Table 4.4.1.3-4.

4-27
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 4.4.1.3-4. Additional Band Class 6 Transmitter Spurious Emission Limits


Measurement Emission Limit Victim Band
Frequency

1884.5 to 1919.6 MHz -41 dBm / 300 kHz PHS


925 to 935 MHz -67 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900
935 to 960 MHz -79 dBm / 100 kHz GSM 900
1805 to 1880 MHz -71 dBm / 100 kHz DCS 1800
Note: Measurements apply only when the measurement frequency
is at least 5.625 MHz from the CDMA center frequency. The non-
PHS band measurements are made on frequencies which are
integer multiples of 200 kHz. As exceptions, up to five
measurements with a level up to the spurious emission limits in
Table 4.4.1.3-2 are allowed.

3 When transmitting in Band Class 11 or 12, the spurious emissions with ten or more
4 averages shall also be less than the requirements in Table 4.4.1.3-5.

5 Table 4.4.1.3-5. Additional Band Class 11 and 12 Transmitter Spurious Emission


6 Limits
For |Df| Within Emission Limit Band Class 11 Emission Limit Band Class 11
the Range Subclasses 4, 5; Band Class 12 Subclasses 0, 1, 2, 3; Band
Subclass 1 Class 12 Subclass 0

885 kHz to 1.12 -47 7 (|Df| 885) / 235 dBc Not Specified
MHz in 30 kHz
1.12 MHz to 1.98 -54 13 (|Df| 1120) / 860 dBc Not Specified
MHz in 30 kHz
1.98 MHz to 4.00 -67 15 (|Df| 1980) / 2020 dBc Not Specified
MHz in 30 kHz
4.00 MHz to 10.0 -51 dBm in 100 kHz Not Specified
MHz

7 Note: All frequencies in the measurement bandwidth shall satisfy the restrictions on |Df|
8 where Df = center frequency - closer measurement edge frequency (f). Df is positive offset
9 from the highest valid CDMA channel in the band subclass or negative offset from the
10 lowest valid CDMA channel in the band subclass. The emission limits for Band Class 11
11 and 12 (European PAMR bands) are designed to allow co-existence with incumbent services
12 in Europe and are tighter than ITU Category B requirements.
13

14 Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall also apply.

4-28
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 4.4.2 Radiated Spurious Emissions

2 Current region-specific radio regulation rules shall apply.


3 For example, a Band Class 7 access network operating under US regional requirements
4 shall limit mean radiated spurious emissions to less than 70 dBW/MHz in the GPS band
5 from 1559 to 1610 MHz.

6 4.4.3 Occupied Bandwidth


7 This test is applicable to Band Classes 3 and 6 access terminals only.

8 4.4.3.1 Definition

9 The occupied bandwidth is defined as the frequency range, whereby the power of emissions
10 averaged over the frequency above and under the edge frequency are 0.5 % each of the total
11 radiation power of a modulated carrier.

12 4.4.3.2 Method of Measurement

13 1. Connect the access network to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in
14 Figure 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this
15 test. Connect a spectrum analyzer to the access terminal antenna connector.
16 2. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. For Subtype 0 or 1 Physical
17 Layer, configure the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel rate
18 corresponds to 9.6 kbps. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, configure the Test
19 Application RETAP so that the Reverse Data Channel payload size corresponds to
20 256 bits with Termination Target of 16 slots. Configure the Test Application FTAP
21 (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that
22 the Forward Traffic Channel data rate corresponds to the 2-slot version of 307.2
23 kbps, and the ACK Channel is transmitted at all the slots.

24 3. Set I or to 105.5 dBm/1.23MHz.

25 4. Send continuously 0 power control bits to the access terminal.

26 5. Set the resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzer to 30 kHz. The value of the
27 occupied bandwidth is calculated by an external or internal computer by summing
28 all samples stored as total power.

29 4.4.3.3 Minimum Standard


30 The occupied bandwidth shall not exceed 1.48 MHz.

31

4-29
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 No text.

4-30
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 5 MAC LAYER MINIMUM STANDARDS

2 5.1 Control Channel Supervision

3 5.1.1 Definition
4 When entering the Active State of the Default Control Channel MAC Protocol described in [1],
5 the access terminal sets the Control Channel supervision timer for TCCMPSupervision. If a
6 Control Channel capsule is received while the timer is active, the timer is reset and
7 restarted. If the timer expires the protocol returns a SupervisionFailed indication and
8 disables the timer.
9 This Default Control Channel MAC Protocol's SupervisionFailed indication is received by the
10 Default Air-Link Management Protocol of the Connection layer. Upon the reception of a
11 ControlChannelMAC.SupervisionFailed indication, the Default Air-Link Management Protocol
12 proceeds as follows:

13 If the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default Air-Link Management Protocol, it
14 deactivates the Access Channel MAC and transitions to the Initialization State.
15 If the access terminal is in the Connected State, of the Default Air-Link Management
16 Protocol, it closes the current connection and transitions to the Idle State.

17 Test 1 verifies that when the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default Air-Link
18 Management Protocol, and the timer TCCMPSupervision expires, the access terminal stops
19 sending access probes.
20 Test 2 verifies that when the access terminal is in the Connected State of the Default Air-
21 Link Management Protocol and the timer TCCMPSupervision expires, the access terminal
22 disables the Reverse Traffic Channel.

23 5.1.2 Method of Measurement


24 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
25 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

26 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
27 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 11.

28 3. Set Ior to 75 dBm.

29 4. Set the access network to ignore all access attempts.


30 5. Set the parameter ProbeNumStep to 15 (15 probes/sequence) in the
31 AccessParameters Message.

32 6. Send a page to the access terminal.

33 7. Wait for at least two seconds and disable the Control Channel right after a Control
34 Channel capsule has been sent.
35 8. Monitor the access terminal's output power. (Test 1)

36 9. Open a connection.

5-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 10. Wait for at least two seconds and disable the Control Channel right after a Control
2 Channel capsule has been sent.
3 11. Monitor the access terminal's output power. (Test 2)

4 5.1.3 Minimum Standard


5 For Test 1, the access terminal shall transmit access attempts as a response to the page.
6 The access terminal shall stop transmitting access probes between TCCMPSupervision
7 0.4267, and TCCMPSupervision 0.4267 + 0.04 seconds after the Control Channel is
8 disabled.

9 For Test 2, the access terminal shall disable the Reverse Traffic Channel transmitter
10 between TCCMPSupervision 0.4267, and TCCMPSupervision 0.4267 + 0.04 seconds after
11 the Control channel is disabled.
12

13 5.2 Data Rate Control Performance

14 5.2.1 Definition

15 In the Variable Rate State of the Forward Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, the access network
16 transmits at a variable rate, as a function of the access terminal's DRC.

17 The following table summarizes the tests to be performed:

Channel Simulator
Test
Configuration Number

1 N/A (AWGN)

2 1

3 2

4 3

5 4

18

19 The average throughput and the Forward Traffic Channel PER determine the performance
20 of the data rate control.

21 Refer to 8.4.1.1 for the standard channel simulator configurations.

22 5.2.2 Method of Measurement

23 1. Connect the sector, the channel simulator and an AWGN generator to the access
24 terminal as shown in Figure 8.5.1-1. The channel simulator is not applicable in Test
25 1.

26 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
27 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.

5-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Set DRCLength to '0' (1 slot) in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message. Set the


2 access networks Control Channel data rate to 38.4 kbps.
3 4. Set the access network's forward packet activity to 100%. Set the serving rate of the
4 access terminal under test to 100% (all Forward Traffic Channel packets are
5 directed to the access terminal under test).
6 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and set the Test Application
7 FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) to
8 the variable rate mode.

9 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 5.2.2-1. .


10 7. From the values obtained by the Test Application, calculate the Forward Traffic
11 Channel throughput and PER. The duration of the test is of at least 10,000
12 transmitted packets.
13 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 5.2.2-1. and repeat step 7.
14 Set the test parameters for Tests 3 through 5 as specified in Table 5.2.2-2. and
15 repeat step 7.

16 Table 5.2.2-1. Test Parameters for DRC Performance (Part 1 of 2)


Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2

I or / I oc dB 1.3 6.5
I oc dBm/1.23 MHz -56.3 -61.5
Channel Simulator
N/A N/A 1
Configuration

17

18 Table 5.2.2-2. Test Parameters for DRC Performance (Part 2 of 2)


Parameter Units Test 3 Test 4 Test 5

I or / I oc dB 6.5 6.5 6.5

I oc dBm/1.23
-61.5 -61.5 -61.5
MHz
Channel
Simulator N/A 2 3 4
Configuration

19

20 5.2.3 Minimum Standard

21 The PER for all the tests shall not exceed 2% with 95% confidence.
22 The average throughput shall exceed the values in Table 5.2.3-1. .

5-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 5.2.3-1. Minimum Standards for DRC Performance


Average Throughput
Test
(kbps)

1 547.17
(1): 597.34
2
(2): 582.01
(1): 762.64
3
(2): 707.97
(1): 616.36
4
(2): 663.04
(1): 535.24
5
(2): 533.45
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and
12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

3 5.3 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel during Soft Handoff

4 5.3.1 Definition

5 The access terminal selects through the DRC cover the serving sector and through the DRC
6 value the Forward Link data rate.

7 The tests in this section are organized in two cases. Case 1 tests that the access terminal
8 switches serving sector to maintain a throughput. Case 2 tests that the access terminal
9 does not switch serving sectors so fast that it does not receive packets from any sector
10 (SoftHandoffDelay and SofterHandoffDelay parameters determine the time that the access
11 network needs to redirect data from one serving sector to another).
12 Case 1 includes Test 1 and Test 2. Test 1 verifies handoff between co-located sectors (softer
13 handoff). Test 2 verifies handoff between non co-located sectors (soft handoff).
14 Case 2 includes Test 3 and Test 4. Test 3 verifies handoff between co-located sectors (softer
15 handoff). Test 4 verifies handoff between non co-located sectors (soft handoff).

16 5.3.2 Method of Measurement

17 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal as shown in
18 Figure 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset
19 index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel from sector 2 has an
20 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

21 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
22 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 19.

5-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 3. Set DRCLength to '0' (1 slot) in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

2 4. The default values for the SofterHandoffDelay and for the SoftHandoffDelay
3 parameters as specified by the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC Protocol are
4 shown below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

SofterHandoffDelay 1 (8 slots)

SoftHandoffDelay 16 (128 slots)

6 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and set the Test Application
7 FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) to
8 the variable rate mode.
9 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1, state 1, as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and
10 measure the Forward Traffic Channel throughput (R1-1) in kbps, at the access
11 terminal. The duration of the measurement shall be at least 1 minute.
12 7. Set the test parameters for Test 1, state 2, as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and
13 measure the Forward Traffic Channel throughput (R1-2) in kbps, at the access
14 terminal. The duration of the measurement shall be at least 1 minute.

15 8. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and Figure 5.3.2-1. .

16 9. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


17 following pilots in the Active Set:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

SofterHandoff 0
PilotPN P2

SofterHandoff 1 (Softer Handoff)

18

19 10. Measure the Forward Traffic Channel throughput in kbps. The duration of the test
20 shall be at least 1 minute.
21 11. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and Figure 5.3.2-1. .

22 12. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


23 following pilots in the Active Set:

5-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

SofterHandoff 0
PilotPN P2

SofterHandoff 0 (Soft Handoff)

2 13. Measure the Forward Traffic Channel throughput in kbps. The duration of the test
3 shall be at least 1 minute.
4 14. Set the test parameters for Test 3, state 1, as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and
5 measure the Forward Traffic Channel throughput (R2-1) in kbps. The duration of the
6 measurement shall be at least 1 minute.

7 15. Set the value of Ior for Channel 1 to 52 dBm and the value of Ioc to 47.21
8 dBm/1.23 MHz (simulating the value of Ioc in Table 5.3.2-1. plus the interference
9 from Channel 2 to Channel 1 in state 2) and measure the throughput (R2-2) in kbps.
10 The duration of the measurement shall be at least 1 minute. Channel 2 shall not be
11 present in this measurement.

12 16. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and Figure 5.3.2-2. .
13 17. Repeat steps 9 and 10.

14 18. Set the test parameters for Test 4 as specified in Table 5.3.2-1. and Figure 5.3.2-3. .

15 19. Repeat steps 12 and 13.


16

17 Table 5.3.2-1. Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft
18 Handoff
Case 1 Case 2
Parameter Units Test 1 and Test 2 Test 3 and Test 4
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2
7 for S1 3 for S1 7 for S1 3 for S1
I or / I oc dB
3 for S2 7 for S2 3 for S2 7 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -55
Pilot E c -2 for S1 -6 for S1 -2 for S1 -6 for S1
dB
Io -6 for S2 -2 for S2 -6 for S2 -2 for S2
Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters set in the table. It is not a
settable parameter itself. S1 and S2 indicate the two states of the power levels.

19

5-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/I0 = -2 dB
Channel 1
Pilot

Channel 2
Pilot 4 dB

5 5 5 Time (s)

TCA Pilot 1
1

3 Figure 5.3.2-1. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff


4 (Tests 1 and 2)

Pilot Ec/I0 = -2 dB
Channel 1
Pilot

Channel 2
Pilot 4 dB

10 10 10 Time (ms)

TCA Pilot 1
7

9 Figure 5.3.2-2. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff (Test 3)

10

5-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/I0 = -2 dB
Channel 1
Pilot

Channel 2
Pilot 4 dB

160 160 160 Time (ms)

TCA Pilot 1
1

3 Figure 5.3.2-3. Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation during Soft Handoff (Test 4)

5 5.3.3 Minimum Standard

R + R1-2
6 For Test 1, the average throughput shall exceed 1-1 g1 kbps.
2
7 Where R1-1 and R1-2 are the values measured during the test, and g1 is equal to 0.9.

R + R1-2
8 For Test 2, the average throughput shall exceed 1-1 g2 kbps.
2
9 Where R1-1 and R1-2 are the values measured during the test, and g2 is equal to 0.85.

R + R 2-2
10 For Test 3, the average throughput shall exceed 2-1 g3 kbps.
2
11 Where R2-1 and R2-2 are the values measured during the test, and g3 is equal to 0.9.

R + R 2-2
12 For Test 4, the average throughput shall exceed 2-1 g4 kbps.
2
13 Where R2-1 and R2-2 are the values measured during the test, and g4 is equal to 0.9.

14 5.4 Supervision Procedures in Variable Rate State

15 5.4.1 Definition

16 When in the Variable Rate State of the Default Forward Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, the
17 access terminal performs supervision on the DRC and monitors the ForwardTrafficValid bit
18 as follows.

5-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 The access terminal sets the DRC supervision timer for TFTCMDRCSupervision when it
2 transmits a null rate DRC. If the access terminal requests a non-null rate while the DRC
3 supervision timer is active, the access terminal disables the timer. If the DRC supervision
4 timer expires, the access terminal disables the Reverse Traffic Channel transmitter and sets
5 the Reverse Traffic Channel Restart timer for time TFTCMPRestartTx. If the access terminal
6 generates consecutive non-null rate DRC values for more than NFTCMPRestartTx slots, the
7 access terminal disables the Reverse Traffic Channel Restart timer and enables the Reverse
8 Traffic Channel transmitter.

9 If the Reverse Traffic Channel Restart timer expires, the access terminal returns a
10 SupervisionFailed indication.

11 The access terminal monitors the bit associated with its MACIndex in the
12 ForwardTrafficValid field made available by the OverheadMessages Protocol. If this bit is set
13 to 0, the access terminal shall return a SupervisionFailed indication.

14 Test 1 verifies that the access terminal disables its transmitter when the DRC supervision
15 timer expires.

16

17 Test 2 verifies that the access terminal disables its transmitter when its corresponding
18 ForwardTrafficValid bit is set to 0.

19 5.4.2 Method of Measurement

20 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
21 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

22 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
23 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 10.

24 3. Set Ior to 75 dBm.

25 4. Set DRCLength to '0' (1 slot) in the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

26 5. Open a connection.

27 6. Wait for at least 2 seconds and disable the forward link.

28 7. Monitor the access terminal's output power and the access terminal's DRC values
29 received at the access network. (Test 1)

30 8. Open a connection.

31 9. In the QuickConfig Message set the ForwardTrafficValid bit corresponding to the


32 access terminal to 0.

33 10. Monitor the access terminal's output power. (Test 2)

34 5.4.3 Minimum Standard

35 For Test 1, the access terminal shall disable its transmitter between the time interval
36 TFTCMDRCSupervision - 0.001667 and TFTCMDRCSupervision + 0.04 seconds after the access

5-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 network received the first null DRC in the sequence of consecutive null DRC received at the
2 access network.
3 For Test 2, T1 is the time when the QuickConfig Message, with the ForwardTrafficValid bit
4 corresponding to the access terminal set to 0, is sent. The access terminal shall disable its
5 transmitter between the time interval T1 and T1 + 0.04 seconds.

6 5.5 Access Probes Output Power

7 5.5.1 Definition

8 This test verifies the following access parameters: OpenLoopAdjust, ProbeInitialAdjust,


9 power increment from the estimated open-loop output power, number of access probes in
10 one probe sequence, and the number of probe sequences in one access attempt.

11 Tests 1 and 2 shall apply to access terminals that support Default Access Channel MAC
12 Protocol. Test 3 shall apply to access terminals that support Enhanced Access Channel
13 MAC Protocol.

14 5.5.2 Method of Measurement

15 1. Set the following fields of the InitialConfiguration attribute of the Default Access
16 Channel MAC Protocol as specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

ProbeSequenceMax 1 (1 sequence)

17

18 2. Set the following parameters of the AccessParameters Message as specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

OpenLoopAdjust 76 (-76 dB)

19

20 3. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
21 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
22 4. Set or to -65 dBm /1.23 MHz.

23 5. Set the access network to ignore all access attempts.

24 6. Send a page to the access terminal.

25 7. Measure and record the access terminal mean output power for each probe at the
26 antenna connector. Note that the mean output power is the average power of the
27 access probe for its entire duration. (Test 1)
28 8. Change the value of or to -68 dBm /1.23 MHz.

29 9. Set the following parameters of the AccessParameters Message as specified below:

5-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Parameter Value (Decimal)

OpenLoopAdjust 79 (-79 dB)


ProbeInitialAdjust 6 (6 dB)
ProbeNumStep 3 (3 probes/sequence)
PowerStep 6 (3 dB/step)

2 10. Set the following fields of the InitialConfiguration attribute of the Default Access
3 Channel MAC Protocol as specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

ProbeSequenceMax 3 (3 sequences)

5 11. Repeat steps 6 and 7. (Test 2)

6 12. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
7 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
8 13. Set or to -65 dBm/1.23 MHz.

9 14. Set the following fields of the InitialConfiguration attribute of the Enhanced Access
10 Channel MAC Protocol as specified below:

11

Parameter Value (Decimal)

ProbeSequenceMax 1 (1 sequence)

12

13 15. Set the following parameters of the AccessParameters Message as specified below:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

OpenLoopAdjust 76 (-76 dB)


ProbeInitialAdjust 6 (6 dB)
ProbeNumStep 3 (3 probes/sequence)
PowerStep 6 (3 dB/step)
EnhancedAccessParametersIncluded 1
PreambleLenthSlots 0 (4 slots)
SectorAccessMaxRate 1 (19.2 kbps)

14

15 16. Set the Access Channel data rate to 19.2 kbps.

5-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 17. Set the access network to ignore all access attempts.

2 18. Send a page to the access terminal.

3 19. Measure and record the access terminal mean output power during the preamble
4 and capsule portions separately for each probe at the antenna connector. (Test 3)

5 5.5.3 Minimum Standard

6 In the first access attempt (Test 1):

7 (a) The power of the first access probes shall be within a range of 9 dB of the expected
8 value (-5.72 dBm/1.23 MHz).

9 (b) The mean output power of each subsequent probe in the sequence shall be within
10 1.2 dB of the first probe.

11 (c) The number of access probes in an access probe sequence shall be five.

12 (d) There shall be one access probe sequence in the access attempt.

13 (e) The access probes shall be randomized as specified in the Default Access Channel
14 MAC Protocol described in [1].

15 In the second access attempt (Test 2):

16 (a) The mean output power of the first access probe of each access probe sequence
17 shall be 6 4.0 dB above the mean output power of the first access probe of the
18 access probe sequence in the first access scenario.

19 (b) The difference in the value of mean output power of the second probe of the
20 sequence and the first probe of the sequence shall be 3 1.8 dB. The difference in
21 the mean output power of the third probe of the sequence and the first probe of the
22 sequence shall be 6 2.4 dB.

23 (c) The number of access probes in each access probe sequence shall be three.

24 (d) The number of access probe sequences in the access attempt shall be three.

25 (e) The access probes shall be randomized as specified in the Default Access Channel
26 MAC Protocol described in [1].

27 In the third access attempt (Test 3):

28 (a) The mean output power of the preamble of the first access probe of each access
29 probe sequence shall be within a range of 9 dB from the expected value (0.28
30 dBm/1.23 MHz). The mean output power of the capsule of the first access probe of
31 each access probe sequence shall be within a range of 9 dB from the expected
32 value (2.58 dBm/1.23 MHz).

33 (b) The difference in the value of mean output power of the second probe of the
34 sequence and the first probe of the sequence shall be 3 1.8 dB. The difference in
35 the mean output power of the third probe of the sequence and the first probe of the
36 sequence shall be 6 2.4 dB.

37 (c) The number of access probes in each access probe sequence shall be three.

5-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 (d) There shall be one access probe sequence in the access attempt.

3 5.6 Reverse Traffic Channel Initial Transmit Power

4 5.6.1 Definition

5 When in the Idle State of the Default Air-Link Management Protocol, and upon reception of
6 an ACAck Message, the access terminal stops sending access probes. Then, upon reception
7 of a TrafficChannelAssignment Message, the access terminal activates the Reverse Traffic
8 Channel MAC Protocol described in [1] and transitions to its Setup State.

9 Upon entering the Setup State of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, the access
10 terminal starts transmitting the Pilot Channel and the DRC Channel. The initial mean
11 output power of the Pilot Channel of the Reverse Traffic Channel is equal to the mean
12 output power of the Pilot Channel at the end of the last Access Channel probe minus the
13 difference in the forward link mean received signal power from the end of the last Access
14 Channel probe to the start of the Reverse Traffic Channel transmission. From that moment,
15 the access terminal adjusts its transmit power obeying the Reverse Power Control bits. The
16 access terminal transmits the Pilot Channel and DRC Channel aligned with frame timing
17 (i.e., the access terminal no longer uses the PN randomization delay previously used on the
18 Access Channel).
19 When entering this Setup State, the access terminal sets a timer for TRTCMPATSetup
20 seconds. If the protocol is still in the Setup State when the timer expires, the access
21 terminal ceases transmitting the Pilot Channel and the DRC Channel.

22 During the Setup State of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, the access terminal
23 does not transmit any data on the Reverse Traffic Channel and does not transmit the RRI
24 Channel. If the access terminal receives an RTCAck Message it starts transmission of the
25 RRI Channel.

26 Test 1 and Test 2 verify that the access terminal: stops sending access probes when it
27 receives an ACAck Message, and begins transmission of the Pilot Channel and DRC
28 Channel with transmit power adjusted by the Reverse Power Control bits, upon reception of
29 the TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

30 Test 3 verifies that the access terminal ceases transmitting the Pilot/DRC when the
31 connection setup timer expires.

32 5.6.2 Method of Measurement

33 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
34 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

35 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
36 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 12.
37 3. Set or to 75 dBm.

38 4. Open a connection.

5-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 5. From the beginning of the Reverse Power Control Channel allocation for the access
2 terminal under test, send an alternating pattern of one '0' power control bit followed
3 by one '1' power control bit to the access terminal.

4 6. Measure the access terminal output power. (Test 1)

5 7. Open a connection.

6 8. From the beginning of the Reverse Power Control Channel allocation for the access
7 terminal under test, send a pattern of all '0's power control bits to the access
8 terminal.

9 9. Measure the access terminal output power and monitor the receptions at the access
10 network. (Test 2)

11 10. Set the access network so as to not send any RTCAck Message to the access
12 terminal.

13 11. Open a connection.

14 12. Measure the access terminal output power and monitor the receptions at the access
15 network. (Test 3)

16 5.6.3 Minimum Standard

17 Test 1:

18 (a) Upon reception of the ACAck Message, the access terminal shall stop sending access
19 probes.

20 (b) The access terminal shall start transmitting only the Pilot Channel and the DRC
21 Channel. Transmission shall start within 0.04 seconds from the reception of the
22 TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

23 (c) The initial value of the access terminal's transmit power shall be within (-0.5 0.5)
24 dB of the transmit power of the access probe acknowledged by the ACAck Message.

25 (d) The access terminal's Pilot/DRC transmit power shall follow the power control bit
26 pattern of alternating '0's and '1's.

27 (e) Upon reception of the RTCAck Message, the access terminal shall start transmitting
28 the RRI Channel.

29 Test 2:

30 (a) Upon reception of the ACAck Message, the access terminal shall stop sending
31 access probes.

32 (b) The access terminal shall start transmitting only the Pilot Channel and the DRC
33 Channel. Transmission shall start within 0.04 seconds from the reception of the
34 TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

35 (c) The initial value of the access terminal's transmit power shall be within (-0.5 0.5)
36 dB of the transmit power of the access probe acknowledged by the ACAck Message.

5-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 (d) The access terminal's Pilot/DRC transmit power shall follow the power control bit
2 pattern of all '0's.

3 (e) Upon reception of the RTCAck Message, the access terminal shall start transmitting
4 the RRI Channel.

5 Test 3:

6 (a) The access terminal shall disable its transmitter between the time interval
7 TRTCMPATSetup and TRTCMPATSetup + 0.04 seconds after the beginning of the Pilot
8 Channel and the DRC Channel transmission.

9 5.7 Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power

10 5.7.1 Definition

11 The Reverse Traffic Channel is composed of a Pilot Channel, a Data Channel, an ACK
12 Channel, an RRI Channel and a DRC Channel. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the DSC
13 Channel is also present (see [1]).

14 For Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer, the RRI Channel is transmitted at the same power
15 level as the Pilot Channel. The transmit power of the Data Channel, ACK Channel and DRC
16 Channel, DSC Channel and RRI Channel (Subtype 2 Physical Layer only) is defined relative
17 to that of the Pilot Channel.

18 The access terminal transmit power for the Data Channel depends on the transmit rate.

19 If the RAB is set to '0' for all sectors in the access terminal's Active Set when the access
20 terminal starts a new packet transmission, it may transmit at a rate up to twice the rate of
21 its previous transmission if it was transmitting immediately before the new transmission
22 started. If it was not transmitting immediately before the new transmission started, it may
23 transmit at 9.6 kbps. The Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol in [1] defines the rules to
24 determine the maximum data rate at which the access terminal can transmit.

25 This suite of tests verifies the change in transmit power for all the possible rate transitions.
26 In addition the transient in time of these transitions is verified to be compliant with the
27 requirement in [1].

28 Tests 1 to 20 apply to access terminals that support Subtypes 0 and 1 Physical Layer. Tests
29 21 to 47 apply to access terminals that support Subtype 2 Physical Layer.

30 5.7.2 Method of Measurement

31 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
32 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.

33 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
34 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 69.
35 3. Set or to 75 dBm.

36 4. Set DRCChannelGain to 0 dB and ACKChannelGain to 0 dB in the


37 TrafficChannelAssignment Message.

5-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 5. If testing for Subtype 2 Physical Layer, also set DSCChannelGain to -12 dB in the
2 TrafficChannelAssignment Message. Set TransmissionMode for all payloads to High
3 Capacity and TerminationTarget to 4 sub-frames. Set the RRIChannelGain to -6 dB.
4 Configure the access network to always send a positive H-ARQ.

5 6. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. Set the Test Application FTAP
6 (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) so that
7 the requested DRC cover corresponds to the null cover for all the tests.

8 7. Set the RAB to '0' for all the tests and at all times.

9 8. Send a UnicastReverseRateLimit Message with the RateLimit value set to 5 (153.6


10 kbps) to the access terminal. (applicable only to Subtypes 0 and 1 RTC MAC).

11 9. Send an alternating pattern of one '0' power control bit followed by one '1' power
12 control bit to the access terminal.

13 10. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel data rate follows
14 the following pattern periodically: 0 kbps 9.6 kbps.

15 11. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
16 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 1 and down: Test 2).

17 12. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
18 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 9.6 kbps 19.2 kbps.

19 13. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
20 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 3 and down: Test 4).

21 14. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
22 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 19.2 kbps 0 kbps 9.6
23 kbps.

24 15. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
25 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 5).

26 16. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
27 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps.

28 17. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
29 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 6 and down: Test 7).

30 18. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
31 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 38.4 kbps 0 kbps 9.6
32 kbps 19.2 kbps.

33 19. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
34 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 8).

35 20. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
36 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 38.4 kbps 9.6 kbps
37 19.2 kbps.

38 21. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
39 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 9).

5-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 22. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
2 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 38.4 kbps 76.8 kbps.

3 23. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
4 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 10 and down: Test 11).

5 24. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
6 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 76.8 kbps 0 kbps 9.6
7 kbps 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps.

8 25. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
9 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 12).

10 26. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
11 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 76.8 kbps 9.6 kbps
12 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps.

13 27. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
14 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 13).

15 28. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
16 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 76.8 kbps 19.2 kbps
17 38.4 kbps.

18 29. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
19 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 14).

20 30. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
21 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 76.8 153.6 kbps.

22 31. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
23 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 15 and down: Test 16).

24 32. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
25 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 153.6 kbps 0 kbps
26 9.6 kbps 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps 76.8 kbps.

27 33. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
28 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 17).

29 34. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
30 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 153.6 kbps 9.6 kbps
31 19.2 kbps 38.4 kbps 76.8 kbps.

32 35. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
33 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 18).

34 36. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
35 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 153.6 kbps 19.2
36 kbps 38.4 kbps 76.8 kbps.

37 37. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
38 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 19).

5-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 38. Open a connection and set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data
2 Channel data rate follows the following pattern periodically: 153.6 kbps 38.4
3 kbps 76.8 kbps.

4 39. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
5 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 20).

6 40. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
7 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 0 bit 128 bits.

8 41. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
9 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 21 and down: Test 22).

10 42. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
11 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 128 bits 256 bits.

12 43. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
13 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 23 and down: Test 24)

14 44. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
15 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 256 bits 512 bits.

16 45. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
17 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 25 and down: Test 26)

18 46. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
19 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 512 bits 768 bits.

20 47. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
21 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 27 and down: Test 28)

22 48. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
23 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 768 bits 1024 bits.

24 49. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
25 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 29 and down: Test 30)

26 50. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
27 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 1024 bit 1536 bits.

28 51. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
29 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 31 and down: Test 32)

30 52. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
31 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 1536 bit 2048 bits.

32 53. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
33 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 33 and down: Test 34)

34 54. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
35 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 2048 bit 3072 bits.

36 55. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
37 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 35 and down: Test 36)

5-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 56. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
2 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 3072 bits 4096 bits.

3 57. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
4 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 37 and down: Test 38)

5 58. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
6 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 4096 bits 6144 bits.

7 59. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
8 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 39 and down: Test 40)

9 60. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
10 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 6144 bits 8192 bits.

11 61. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
12 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 41 and down: Test 42)

13 62. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
14 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 8192 bits 12288 bits.

15 63. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
16 least 100 transitions in each direction (up: Test 43 and down: Test 44)

17 64. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
18 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 1024 bits 1536 bits 2048 bits.

19 65. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
20 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 45)

21 66. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
22 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 3072 bits 4096 bits 6144 bits.

23 67. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
24 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 46)

25 68. Set the Test Application RTAP so that the Reverse Data Channel Physical Layer
26 payload follows the following pattern periodically: 6144 bits 8192 bits 12288 bits.

27 69. Measure the access terminal output power on the encoder packet boundaries for at
28 least 100 transitions in the down direction (Test 47)

29 5.7.3 Minimum Standard

30 For all the tests, the accuracy of the incremental adjustment to the mean output power, as
31 dictated by the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, shall be 0.5 dB or 20% of the
32 change (in dB), whichever is greater.

33 The incremental adjustment of the access terminal's mean output power for each of the
34 tests shall be within the limits shown in Table 5.7.3-1.

5-19
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 5.7.3-1 Minimum Standard for Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power
2 (Subtype 0 RTC MAC)
Ideal Incremental Required Incremental
Test Adjustment to the mean Adjustment to the mean
output power (dB) output power (dB)

1 2.5 2.5 0.5


2 -2.5 -2.5 0.5
3 1.6 1.6 0.5
4 -1.6 -1.6 0.5
5 -4.1 -4.1 0.8
6 2.1 2.1 0.5
7 -2.1 -2.1 0.5
8 -6.2 -6.2 1.2
9 -3.6 -3.6 0.7
10 2.9 2.9 0.6
11 -2.9 -2.9 0.6
12 -9.1 -9.1 1.8
13 -6.5 -6.5 1.3
14 -4.9 -4.9 1.0
15 4.9 4.9 1.0
16 -4.9 4.9 1.0
17 -13.9 -13.9 2.8
18 -11.4 -11.4 2.3
19 -9.8 -9.8 2.0
20 -7.7 -7.7 1.5

5-20
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 5.7.3-2 Minimum Standard for Reverse Traffic Channel Transmit Power
2 (Subtype 2 RTC MAC)
Ideal Incremental Required Incremental
Test Adjustment to the mean Adjustment to the mean
output power (dB) output power (dB)

21 1.4 1.4 0.5


22 -1.4 -1.4 0.5
23 1.0 1.0 0.5
24 -1.0 -1.0 0.5
25 1.7 1.7 0.5
26 -1.7 -1.7 0.5
27 1.1 1.1 0.5
28 -1.1 -1.1 0.5
29 0.9 0.9 0.5
30 -0.9 -0.9 0.5
31 1.2 1.2 0.5
32 -1.2 -1.2 0.5
33 1.3 1.3 0.5
34 -1.3 -1.3 0.5
35 1.3 1.3 0.5
36 -1.3 -1.3 0.5
37 1.1 1.1 0.5
38 -1.1 -1.1 0.5
39 1.4 1.4 0.5
40 -1.4 -1.4 0.5
41 1.4 1.4 0.5
42 -1.4 -1.4 0.5
43 2.7 2.7 0.6
44 -2.7 -2.7 0.6
45 -2.4 -2.4 0.5
46 -2.5 -2.5 0.5
47 -4.1 -4.1 0.8

4 For all the tests, the access terminal output power shall settle within 0.5 dB of the steady
5 state value within 200 s of the encoder packet boundary.

5-21
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 5.8 Reverse Traffic Channel MAC rate transition probabilities

2 This test only applies to access terminals that support Subtype 0 or 1 Reverse Traffic
3 Channel MAC Protocol.

4 5.8.1 Definition

5 The Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol uses the rate transition probabilities specified in
6 the RateParameters attribute of this protocol to determine the maximum rate at which the
7 Reverse Traffic Channel can be transmitted.

8 This test verifies that value of the transition probabilities used by the access terminal
9 correspond to the values specified by the RateParameters attribute of the Reverse Traffic
10 Channel MAC Protocol.

11 5.8.2 Method of Measurement

12 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
13 8.5.1-4. The AWGN generator and the CW generator are not applicable in this test.
14 2. Set or to 75 dBm.

15 3. Set the RateParameters attribute fields of the Default Reverse Traffic Channel MAC
16 Protocol to their default values.

17 4. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


18 following parameters:

Parameter Value

RABLength '00' (8 slots)


RABOffset R_O (slots)

19

20 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. Set the Test Application RTAP
21 so that the Reverse Data Channel rate is 153.6 kbps.

22 6. Send an alternating pattern of twenty '0' RABs followed by twenty '1' RABs to the
23 access terminal.

24 7. Send a UnicastReverseRateLimit Message with the RateLimit value set to 5 (153.6


25 kbps) to the access terminal.

26 8. Monitor the access terminal transitions in transmit rate. Capture at least 20


27 transitions from each rate to another and calculate the rate transition probabilities.

28 5.8.3 Minimum Standard

29 The access terminal calculated Reverse Traffic Channel MAC rate transition probabilities
30 shall be equal to the default values 25% of the probability value.

31

5-22
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 5.9 Maximum Traffic-to-Pilot Power Ratio

2 This test is applicable only to access terminals that support Subtype 3 Reverse Traffic
3 Channel MAC protocol.

4 5.9.1 Definition

5 The maximum Traffic-to-Pilot Power ratio that an access terminal can use for its Reverse
6 Data Channel transmission is limited by TxT2PMax, which is a function of PilotStrength.
7 This test verifies that the access terminal is following the TxT2Pmax attribute of the Reverse
8 Traffic Channel MAC Protocol for different values of PilotStrength.

9 5.9.2 Method of Measurement

10 1. Connect the sector to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
11 8.5.1-4. The CW generator is not applicable in this test.

12 2. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 5.9.2-1 and Figure 5.9.2-1. .

13 Table 5.9.2-1 Test Parameters for TxT2Pmax


Parameter Units Value

I or dB -64.54 for S1
-58.35 for S2
I oc dBm/1.23 MHz -55

Pilot E c -10 for S1


dB
I0 -5 for S2

Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters in


the table. It is not a directly settable parameter. S1 and S2
indicate the two states of the power levels.

14

Pilot Ec/I0 = -10 dB Pilot Ec/I0 = -5 dB

1 1 1 Time (s)
15

16 Figure 5.9.2-1. PilotStrength in Maximum Traffic-to-Pilot Power Ratio test

17

5-23
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 3. Set the TxT2Pmax attribute fields of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol to
2 their default values.

3 4. Set the RAB transmitted by the AN to be always 0.

4 5. Set the T2PInflowRange00 attribute of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol to
5 the values specified below:

Parameter Value

T2PInflowmin 0x80 (32 dB)


T2PInflowmax 0x80 (32 dB)

7 6. In the PermittedPayload attribute of the Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol, set
8 PermittedPayloadPS_k to 0xc (12) for all values of PS and k.

9 7. Set the value of PilotStrengthFilterTC to 0x0 (32 slots).

10 8. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection. Configure the Test Application
11 RTAP so that the Transmission mode is Low Latency, LoLatTerminationTargetPS is 2
12 sub-frames for all packet size PS and the initial Reverse Data Channel payload
13 corresponds to 4096 bits. Configure the access network to always send a positive H-
14 ARQ.

15 9. Monitor the access terminal transmit rate for at least 20 seconds.

16 5.9.3 Minimum Standard

17 The AT shall transmit the payload with the highest Traffic-to-Pilot ratio allowed by
18 TxT2Pmax(PilotStrength).

19 The access terminal shall decrease its transmit payload to 256-bit in the first packet that
20 begins 700 ms after the drop in PilotStrength and increase its transmit payload to 12288-
21 bit in the first packet that begins 700 ms after the increase in PilotStrength.

22

5-24
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 6 CONNECTION LAYER MINIMUM STANDARDS

2 6.1 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode

3 These tests shall be performed for access terminals that can operate in Continuous
4 Operation mode (including those that supports suspended mode and currently operating in
5 continuous operation mode) while the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default
6 Route Update Protocol described in [1].

7 6.1.1 Definition

8 When the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default Route Update Protocol, the
9 access terminal continually searches for Pilot Channel signals on the corresponding CDMA
10 frequency assignment. The access terminal determines that an idle handoff should occur
11 when it detects a Pilot Channel signal sufficiently stronger than the one associated with the
12 Control Channel that is currently monitoring.

13 Test 1 verifies that the access terminal does not perform alternating idle handoffs between
14 two Pilot Channels associated with two different Control Channels so frequently that the
15 access terminal can not receive Control Channel capsules on either of the Forward
16 Channels. This is accomplished by checking the number of idle handoffs and the Control
17 Channel packet error rate (PER).
18 Test 2 verifies that the access terminal performs an idle handoff whenever the Ec/I0 of a
19 pilot in the Neighbor Set exceeds the Ec/I0 of the pilot in the Active Set by 3 dB, as
20 measured at the access terminal antenna connector, for a period longer than one second.
21 This is accomplished by checking the number of idle handoffs performed and the Control
22 Channel PER.

23 6.1.2 Method of Measurement

24 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
25 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an
26 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel
27 from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

28 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
29 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 8.

30 3. Send, consecutively, control messages in synchronized capsules on the Control


31 Channel of both sectors. Note that the pilot PN offset index P1 is listed in the
32 SectorParameters Message for sector 2 and pilot PN offset index P2 is listed in the
33 SectorParameters Message for sector 1.

34 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1, as specified in Table 6.1.2-1 and Figure 6.1.2-1.

35 5. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and retrieve the FTAP (for
36 Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) parameters
37 IdleStateElapsedTime, IdleStateASPChangeCount and ControlChannelPktCount.

6-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 6. Immediately after closing the connection, run the test for at least 10 cycles (20 pilot
2 Ec/I0 transitions).

3 7. Open a connection and retrieve the FTAP (for Subtype 0 or 1 Physical Layer) or
4 FETAP (for Subtype 2 Physical Layer) parameters IdleStateElapsedTime,
5 IdleStateASPChangeCount and ControlChannelPktCount.

6 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 6.1.2-1 and Figure 6.1.2-2
7 and repeat steps 5 through 7.

8 Table 6.1.2-1 Parameters for Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode


Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2
3 for S1 0 for S1 3 for S1 0 for S1
I or / I oc dB
0 for S2 3 for S2 -16.7 for S2 -4.7 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55 -55
Control E b
15 for S1 10.25 for S1 15 for S1
Nt dB 10.25
10.25 for S2 15 for S2 -2.9 for S2
(38.4 kbps)
Control E b
12 for S1 7.25 for S1 12 for S1
Nt dB 7.25
7.25 for S2 12 for S2 -5.95 for S2
(76.8 kbps)
Pilot E c -3 for S1 -6 for S1 -3 for S1
Io dB -6
-6 for S2 -3 for S2 -18 for S2
Note: The Control Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set
in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two
states of the power levels.

6-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/I0 = -3 dB
Channel 1
Pilot

Channel 2
Pilot 3 dB

100 100 100 Time (ms)


1

2 Figure 6.1.2-1 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode (Test 1)

Channel 1
Pilot Pilot Ec/I0 = -6 dB
Channel 2
Pilot
3 dB

12 dB

5 10 5 Time (s)
4

5 Figure 6.1.2-2 Idle Handoff in Continuous Operation Mode (Test 2)

7 6.1.3 Minimum Standard

8 The number of idle handoffs during a test is given by D IdleStateASPChangeCount, where


9 D IdleStateASPChangeCount is the increment of the parameter IdleStateASPChangeCount
10 during the test.

11 Refer to 8.6.1 for Control Channel PER calculation.

12 Test 1: The access terminal should not perform any idle handoff. The Control Channel PER
13 shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
14 Test 2: The number of idle handoffs shall be equal to the number of Pilot Ec/I0 transitions.
15 The Control Channel PER shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

16 Note: These requirements apply regardless of the Control Channel data rate.

6-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 6.2 Idle Handoff in Slotted Operation Mode

2 These tests shall be performed for access terminals that can operate in slotted mode
3 (including those that supports suspended mode and currently operating in slotted operation
4 mode).

5 6.2.1 Definition

6 When the access terminal is in the Idle State of the Default Route Update Protocol, the
7 access terminal searches for Pilot Channel signals on the corresponding CDMA frequency
8 assignment. The access terminal determines that an idle handoff should occur when it
9 detects a Pilot Channel signal sufficiently stronger than the one associated with the Control
10 Channel that is currently monitoring.
11 This test verifies that the access terminal performs an idle handoff whenever the Ec/I0 of a
12 pilot in the Neighbor Set exceeds the Ec/I0 of the pilot in the Active Set by 3 dB, as
13 measured at the access terminal antenna connector. This is accomplished by checking the
14 number of idle handoffs.

15 6.2.2 Method of Measurement

16 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
17 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an
18 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel
19 from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

20 2. Send, consecutively, control messages on the Control Channel of both sectors.

21 3. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 6.2.2-1 and Figure 6.2.2-1. .

22 4. Set up a Test Application session. Open a connection and retrieve the FTAP
23 parameters IdleStateElapsedTime and IdleStateASPChangeCount.
24 5. Run the test for exactly 20 Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 transitions, starting and ending
25 with the Channel 1 pilot Ec/I0 at 18 dB. Allow three seconds after the last
26 transition before step 6.

27 6. Open a connection and retrieve the FTAP parameters IdleStateElapsedTime and


28 IdleStateASPChangeCount.

29

6-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 6.2.2-1 Parameters for Idle Handoff in Slotted Operation Mode


Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
3 for S1 0 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-16.7 for S2 -4.7 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Control E b
15 for S1
Nt dB 10.25
-2.9 for S2
(38.4 kbps)
Control E b
12 for S1
Nt dB 7.25
-5.95 for S2
(76.8 kbps)
Pilot E c -3 for S1
dB -6
Io -18 for S2
Note: The Control Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set
in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two
states of the power levels.

Channel 1 Pilot Ec/I0 = -6 dB


Pilot

3 dB

12 dB
Channel 2
Pilot

12 12 12 Time (s)
3

5 Figure 6.2.2-1. Idle Handoff for Slotted Operation Mode

7 6.2.3 Minimum Standard

8 The number of idle handoffs during a test is given by D IdleStateASPChangeCount, where


9 D IdleStateASPChangeCount is the increment of the parameter IdleStateASPChangeCount
10 during the test.

11 The number of idle handoffs shall be greater than or equal to 18.

12 Note: These requirements apply regardless of the Control Channel data rate.

6-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 6.3 Neighbor Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff

2 6.3.1 Definition

3 A correct detection of a pilot in the Neighbor Set is defined as the acquisition of a pilot with
4 Ec/I0 above the value defined by PilotAdd. The value of PilotAdd is set to 14 (-7 dB). An
5 incorrect detection of a pilot in the Neighbor Set is defined as the acquisition of a pilot with
6 Ec/I0 below the value defined by PilotAdd.

7 This test measures the detection time for a pilot in the Neighbor Set at three values of pilot
8 Ec/I0. The detection time of a pilot is defined as the time elapsed from the time when the
9 pilot increases to a given Ec/I0 until the access terminal sends a RouteUpdate Message
10 containing this pilot. The accuracy of the Candidate Set pilot PN phase reported in the
11 corresponding RouteUpdate Message is also examined.

12 6.3.2 Method of Measurement

13 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
14 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an
15 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel
16 from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

17 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
18 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 9.

19 3. Set the SetManagementSameChannelParameters attribute fields of the Default Route


20 Update Protocol to the values specified below:

Field Value (Decimal)

PilotDropTimer 1 (1 sec)

21

22 4. Set the access network to not send any TrafficChannelAssignment Messages as a


23 response to the RouteUpdate Message sent by the access terminal.

24 5. Open a connection.

25 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 6.3.2-1 and change the pilot
26 strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 6.3.2-1. with T greater than or equal to
27 0.8 seconds.

28 7. Record the transmission times and the contents of each RouteUpdate Message sent
29 by the access terminal.

30 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 6.3.2-2 and change the pilot
31 strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 6.3.2-1. with T greater than or equal to
32 0.85 seconds. Repeat step 7.

33 9. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table 6.3.2-3 and change the pilot
34 strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 6.3.2-2. with T equal to 15 seconds.
35 Repeat step 7 for 20 cycles of Channel 2 pilot Ec/I0.

6-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 6.3.2-1 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 1)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
1.45 for S1 0.45 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-1.8 for S2 - for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -5 for S1
dB -4
Io - for S2
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two states
of the power levels.

3 Table 6.3.2-2 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Test 2)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
0.2 for S1 -2.3 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-1.8 for S2 - for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -6.5 for S1
dB -4
Io - for S2
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two states
of the power levels.

5 Table 6.3.2-3 Test Parameters for Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection
6 (Test 3)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
-0.9 for S1 -6.4 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-1.8 for S2 - for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -9.5 for S1
dB -4
Io - for S2
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two states
of the power levels.
7

6-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 1 Pilot

Channel 2 Pilot

PilotAdd

PilotDrop

5 T Time (s)
1
2

3 Figure 6.3.2-1. Neighbor Set Pilot Detection (Tests 1 and 2)

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 1 Pilot

PilotAdd

PilotDrop

Channel 2 Pilot

5 T Time (s)
5

7 Figure 6.3.2-2. Neighbor Set Pilot Incorrect Detection (Test 3)

9 6.3.3 Minimum Standard


10 Pilots other than P1 or P2 shall not be reported in any of the RouteUpdate Messages.

11 Test 1:

12 (a) The rate of valid detection within 0.8 seconds shall be greater than 90% with 95%
13 confidence (see 8.8).
14 (b) The reported pilot PN phase for P1 in the RouteUpdate Messages containing it shall be
15 no greater than 1 chip from the actual offset.

6-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Test 2:

2 The rate of valid detection within 0.85 seconds shall be greater than 50% with 95%
3 confidence (see 8.8).

4 Test 3:
5 There shall be no more than one RouteUpdate Message containing P1 during this
6 test.

7 6.4 Candidate Set Pilot Detection and Incorrect Detection in Soft Handoff

8 6.4.1 Definition

9 A correct detection of a pilot in the Candidate Set is defined as the detection of a pilot in the
10 Candidate Set with Ec/I0 at least [0.5 PilotCompare] dB above the Ec/I0 of an Active Set
11 pilot. The value of PilotCompare is set to 5. An incorrect detection of a pilot in the
12 Candidate Set is defined as the detection of a pilot with Ec/I0 less than [0.5 PilotCompare]
13 dB above the Ec/I0 of any Active Set pilot.

14 This test measures the detection time for a pilot in the Candidate Set. The detection time of
15 a pilot is defined as the time elapsed from the time when the pilot increases to a given Ec/I0
16 until the access terminal sends a RouteUpdate Message containing this pilot. The accuracy
17 of the Active Set pilot PN phase and Active Set pilot strength, reported in the corresponding
18 RouteUpdate Message, is also examined.

19 6.4.2 Method of Measurement

20 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
21 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-2. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an
22 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1 and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel
23 from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2 and is called Channel 2.

24 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
25 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 11.

26 3. Set the access network not to send any TrafficChannelAssignment Message as a


27 response to the RouteUpdate Message sent by the access terminal.

28 4. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 6.4.2-1 and change the pilot
29 strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 6.4.2-1. .

30 5. Open a connection.
31 6. Send TrafficChannelAssignment Messages listing only pilot P1 as specified in Figure
32 6.4.2-1. .

33 7. Record the transmission time and contents of each RouteUpdate Message sent by
34 the access terminal.

35 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 6.4.2-2 and change the pilot
36 strength of Channel 2 as specified in Figure 6.4.2-2. .

37 9. Open a connection.

6-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 10. Send TrafficChannelAssignment Messages listing only pilot P1 as specified in Figure


2 6.4.2-2. .

3 11. Record the transmission time and contents of each RouteUpdate Message sent by
4 the access terminal.

5 Table 6.4.2-1 Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
-3 for S1 0 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-4.8 for S2 -4.8 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -4 for S1
dB -7
Io -7 for S2
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two states
of the power levels.

7 Table 6.4.2-2 Test Parameters for Candidate Set Pilot Incorrect Detection
8 (Test 2)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
-4.15 for S1 -2.65 for S1
I or / I oc dB
-4.8 for S2 -4.8 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -5.5 for S1
dB -7
Io -7 for S2
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves. S1 and S2 indicate the two states
of the power levels.

6-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 2 Pilot
Pilot Comparison
Threshold

PilotCompare
Channel 1 Pilot

4 1 2.5 Time (s)

TrafficChannel
Assignment Message
1

2 Figure 6.4.2-1. Candidate Set Pilot Detection (Test 1)

Pilot Ec/Io

Pilot Comparison
Threshold
Channel 2 Pilot

PilotCompare

Channel 1 Pilot

4 1 2.5 Time (s)

TrafficChannel
Assignment Message
4

5 Figure 6.4.2-2. Candidate Set Incorrect Detection (Test 2)

6-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 6.4.3 Minimum Standard

2 Test 1:

3 (a) The rate of valid detection within 2.5 seconds shall be greater than 90% with 95%
4 confidence (see 8.8).
5 (b) The reported pilot PN phase for P1 in the RouteUpdate Messages containing it shall be
6 no greater than 1 chip from the actual offset.
7 (c) The reported pilot Ec/I0 value for P1 in the RouteUpdate Messages shall be no greater
8 than 1.5 dB from the set value.

9 Test 2: The rate of incorrect detection within 2.5 seconds shall be less than 20% with 95%
10 confidence (see 8.8).

11 6.5 Active Set Pilot Loss Detection in Soft Handoff

12 6.5.1 Definition
13 The access terminal sends a RouteUpdate Message when the pilot Ec/I0 value of a pilot in
14 the Active Set drops below the value defined by PilotDrop for a period of time defined by
15 PilotDropTimer. The value of PilotDrop is set to 18 (-9 dB). The value of PilotDropTimer is
16 set to 3 (4 seconds).

17 These tests measure the loss detection time for a diminishing pilot in the Active Set. The
18 loss detection time for a diminishing pilot in the Active Set is defined as the time elapsed
19 from the time when the pilot decreases to a given Ec/I0 until the access terminal sends a
20 RouteUpdate Message which does not contain this pilot. The accuracy of the PN phase and
21 strength of Active Set pilots, reported in the RouteUpdate Message is also examined.

22 6.5.2 Method of Measurement

23 1. Connect two sectors and an AWGN generator to the access terminal antenna
24 connector as shown in Figure 8.5.1-3. The Forward Channel from sector 1 has an
25 arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel
26 from sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, and is called Channel 2.

27 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
28 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 13.

29 3. Set the access network to not send any TrafficChannelAssignment Messages as a


30 response to the RouteUpdate Message sent by the access terminal.

31 4. Open a connection.

32 5. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal, specifying the


33 following pilots in the Active Set:

34

6-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

PilotPN P2

2 6. Set the test parameters for Test 1 as specified in Table 6.5.2-1.

3 7. Record Reverse Traffic Channel messages for 5 minutes.

4 8. Set the test parameters for Test 2 as specified in Table 6.5.2-2 and Figure 6.5.2-1. .
5 The value of T for this test is equal to 4 seconds.

6 9. Send TrafficChannelAssignment Messages to the access terminal as specified in


7 Figure 6.5.2-1. , with the following pilots in the Active Set:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

PilotPN P2

9 10. Record the transmission time and contents of each RouteUpdate Message sent by
10 the access terminal.

11 11. Set the test parameters for Test 3 as specified in Table 6.5.2-2 and Figure 6.5.2-1. .
12 The value of T for this test is larger or equal to 7 seconds.

13 12. Send TrafficChannelAssignment Messages to the access terminal as specified in


14 Figure 6.5.2-1. , with the following pilots in the Active Set:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

PilotPN P1

PilotPN P2

15

16 13. Record the transmission time and contents of each RouteUpdate Message sent by
17 the access terminal.

18

6-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 6.5.2-1 Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Incorrect Loss Detect (Test 1)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2

I or / I oc dB -0.5 -4.5

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55


Pilot E c
dB -4 -8
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

3 Table 6.5.2-2 Test Parameters for Active Set Pilot Loss Detection
4 (Tests 2 and 3)
Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2
-1 for S1 -7 for S1
I or / I oc dB
2.91 for S2 2.91 for S2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55
Pilot E c -10 for S1
dB -4
Io -4 for S2
Note: The Pilot Ec/I0 value is calculated from the parameters set in the table. It is not
settable parameter itself. S1 and S2 indicate the two states of the power levels.

6-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Pilot Ec/Io

Channel 1 Pilot

PilotAdd

PilotDrop
Channel 2 Pilot

T 2 1 Time (s)

TrafficChannel
Assignment Message
1

2 Figure 6.5.2-1. Active Set Pilot Loss Detection (Tests 2 and 3)

4 6.5.3 Minimum Standard

5 Test 1:

6 The access terminal shall not send any RouteUpdate Messages during the test.

7 Test 2:

8 The rate of incorrect loss detection within 4 seconds shall be less than 5% with 95%
9 confidence (see 8.8).

10 Test 3:

11 (a) The rate of loss detection within 7 seconds shall be greater than 80% with 95%
12 confidence (see 8.8).
13 (b) The reported pilot PN phase for P1 in the RouteUpdate Messages containing it shall be
14 no greater than 1 chip from the actual offset.
15 (c) The reported pilot Ec/I0 value for P1 and P2 in the RouteUpdate Messages shall be no
16 greater than 1.5 dB from the set value.

17 6.6 Hard Handoff to another Frequency

18 6.6.1 Definition

19 The access network directs the access terminal to perform a HRPD to HRPD hard handoff
20 by sending a TrafficChannelAssignment Message in which the access terminal is

6-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 transitioned between different frequency assignments. Hard handoff is characterized by a


2 temporary disconnection of the Traffic Channel.

3 This test measures the time to execute a HRPD to HRPD hard handoff between Traffic
4 Channels belonging to different sectors (different pilot PN offset indices) with different
5 CDMA Frequency assignments. This test also verifies that the access terminal disables its
6 transmitter before changing frequency.

7 6.6.2 Method of Measurement

8 1. Connect two sectors to the access terminal antenna connector as shown in Figure
9 8.5.1-3. The AWGN generator is not applicable in this test. The Forward Channel
10 from sector 1 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P1, a CDMA Frequency
11 assignment f1 (any valid value), and is called Channel 1. The Forward Channel from
12 sector 2 has an arbitrary pilot PN offset index P2, a CDMA Frequency assignment f2
13 (any valid value other than f1), and is called Channel 2.

14 2. For each band class that the access terminal supports, configure the access
15 terminal to operate in that band class and perform steps 3 through 7.

16 3. Open a connection with Reverse Traffic Channel rate 9.6 kbps only.

17 4. Set the test parameters as specified in Table 6.6.2-1.

18 5. Send a TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the access terminal to set the following


19 parameters:

Parameter Value (Decimal)

ChannelIncluded 1 (channel record


included)
Frequency f2

SystemType 0
PilotPN P2

20

21 6. Measure T1, the time elapsed from the transmission time of the
22 TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the instant when the access terminal transmit
23 power, as measured at the access terminal antenna connector, on the old CDMA
24 Frequency assignment drops below -61 dBm/MHz.
25 7. Measure T2, the time elapsed from the transmission time of the
26 TrafficChannelAssignment Message to the instant when the access terminal
27 transmitter is enabled on the new CDMA Frequency assignment.

6-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 6.6.2-1 Test Parameters for HRPD to HRPD Hard Handoff


Parameter Unit Channel 1 Channel 2

I or dBm/1.23 MHz -75 -75

3 6.6.3 Minimum Standard


4 T1 shall be less than 362 ms. The access terminal transmit power, as measured at the
5 access terminal antenna connector on CDMA frequency f1, shall remain below 61
6 dBm/MHz from T1 ms after the transmission of the TrafficChannelAssignment Message
7 until the end of the test.
8 T2 shall be less than 500 ms.
9

6-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 No text.

6-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v0.93

1 7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

2 7.1 Temperature and Power Supply Voltage

3 7.1.1 Definition

4 The temperature and voltage ranges denote the ranges of ambient temperature and power
5 supply input voltages over which the access terminal will operate and meet the
6 requirements of these standards. The ambient temperature is the average temperature of
7 the air surrounding the access terminal. The power supply voltage is the voltage applied at
8 the input terminals of the access terminal. The manufacturer shall specify the temperature
9 range and the power supply voltage over which the equipment is to operate. In order to
10 provide a convenient means for the manufacturer to express the temperature range under
11 which the access terminal conforms to these recommended minimum standards,
12 temperature ranges designated by letters are defined in Table 7.1.1-1.

13 Table 7.1.1-1. Temperature Ranges


Designator Range

A -40C to +70C
B -30C to +60C
C -20C to +50C
D 0C to +45C

14

15 7.1.2 Method of Measurement

16 The access terminal shall be installed in its normal configuration (i.e., in its normal
17 mounting arrangement fully assembled) and placed in a temperature chamber. The
18 temperature chamber shall be stabilized at the manufacturer's highest specified operating
19 temperature, and the access terminal shall be operated over the power supply input voltage
20 range3 specified by the manufacturer or 10%, if the range is not specified. With the access
21 terminal operating, the temperature shall be maintained at the specified test temperature
22 without forced circulation of air from the temperature chamber being directly applied to the
23 access terminal. The measurements specified in 7.1.3 shall then be performed.

24 Turn the access terminal off, stabilize the access terminal in the chamber at room
25 temperature, and repeat the measurements specified in 7.1.3.

3 In general, the voltage range will be the useful operating range of the battery used in the access

terminal.

7-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Turn the access terminal off, stabilize the access terminal in the chamber at the coldest
2 operating temperature specified by the manufacturer, and repeat the measurements
3 specified in 7.1.3.

4 The overall temperature range may be reduced to a lesser range than -30C to +60C if the
5 manufacturer uses circuitry that automatically inhibits RF transmission when the
6 temperature falls outside the lesser range specified. Measurements shall be made at the
7 specified extremes of the manufacturers temperature range. The manufacturer shall verify
8 that RF transmission is inhibited outside of the specified temperature range.

9 7.1.3 Minimum Standard

10 The access terminal equipment shall meet all of the minimum standards specified in
11 Sections 3 through 6 under the standard environmental test conditions specified in 8.2 for
12 all supported band classes. Over the ambient temperature and power supply ranges
13 specified by the manufacturer, the operation of the access terminal equipment shall meet
14 the following minimum standards for all supported band classes unless noted otherwise:

15 (a) Receiver sensitivity and dynamic range as specified in 3.3.1. The received power, or,
16 used to measure receiver sensitivity may be increased 2 dB at 60C and higher.

17 (b) Frequency accuracy as specified in 4.1.2.

18 (c) Waveform quality as specified in 4.2.2.

19 (d) Range of estimated open loop output power as specified in 4.3.1. For temperatures
20 outside of the range +15C to +35C, the test tolerance lower limit may be relaxed to -
21 12.5 dB.

22 (e) Range of closed loop correction as specified in 4.3.3.

23 (f) Maximum RF output power as specified in 4.3.4. For Temperature Range Designators A
24 and B, the ERP for a Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12, access terminal may
25 drop by 2 dB at 60C and higher. For Temperature Range Designators A and B, the
26 EIRP for a Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8 Class II through V, access terminal may drop by
27 2 dB at 60C and higher. These requirements do not apply other than for coldest, room
28 and highest operating temperature test points.

29 (g) Minimum controlled output power as specified in 4.3.5.

30 (h) Conducted spurious emissions as specified in 4.4.1.

31 7.2 High Humidity

32 7.2.1 Definition

33 The term high humidity denotes the relative humidity at which the access terminal will
34 operate with the specified performance.

35 7.2.2 Method of Measurement

36 The access terminal, after having operated normally under standard test conditions, shall
37 be placed, inoperative, in a humidity chamber with the humidity maintained at 0.024/gm

7-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 H2O/gm Dry Air at 50C (40% Relative Humidity) for a period of not less than eight hours.
2 The measurements specified in 3.3.1 (receiver sensitivity and dynamic range) and 4.2.2
3 (waveform quality) shall then be performed. No readjustment of the access terminal shall be
4 allowed during this test.

5 Turn the access terminal off, stabilize the access terminal in the chamber at standard
6 conditions within six hours, and perform the measurements specified in Sections 3 through
7 6 of this standard.

8 7.2.3 Minimum Standard

9 The access terminal equipment shall meet the minimum standards specified in 3.3.1.3 and
10 4.2.2.3 under the high humidity conditions. Once stabilized in standard conditions, the
11 access terminal shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections 3 through 6 of
12 this standard.

13 7.3 Vibration Stability

14 7.3.1 Definition

15 The vibration stability is the ability of the access terminal to maintain specified mechanical
16 and electrical performance after being vibrated.

17 7.3.2 Method of Measurement

18 Sinusoidal vibration at 1.5 g acceleration swept through the range of 5 to 500 Hz at the rate
19 of 0.1 octave/second shall be applied to the access terminal in three mutually
20 perpendicular directions (sequentially) for a single sweep rising in frequency followed by a
21 single sweep falling in frequency.

22 7.3.3 Minimum Standard

23 The access terminal equipment shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections
24 3 through 6 after being subjected to the above vibration tests.

25 7.4 Shock Stability

26 7.4.1 Definition

27 The shock stability is the ability of the access terminal to maintain specified mechanical
28 and electrical performance after being shocked.

29 7.4.2 Method of Measurement

30 The access terminal shall be subjected to three test table impacts, in three mutually
31 perpendicular directions and their negatives, for a total of 18 impacts. In all cases, the
32 access terminal shall be secured to the test table by its normal mounting hardware. Each
33 impact shall be a half sine wave, lasting from 7 to 11 ms, with at least 20 g peak
34 acceleration.

7-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 7.4.3 Minimum Standard

2 The access terminal equipment shall meet all the minimum standards specified in Sections
3 3 through 6 of this standard and shall not suffer any mechanical damage after being
4 subjected to the above shock tests.

7-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 8 STANDARD TEST CONDITIONS

2 8.1 Standard Equipment

3 8.1.1 Basic Equipment

4 The equipment shall be assembled, and any necessary adjustments shall be made in
5 accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for the mode of operation required.
6 When alternative modes are available, the equipment shall be assembled and adjusted
7 in accordance with the relevant instructions. A complete series of measurements shall
8 be made for each mode of operation.

9 8.1.2 Associated Equipment

10 The access terminal equipment may include associated equipment during tests,
11 provided that the associated equipment is normally used in the operation of the
12 equipment under test. For access terminal equipment, this may include power
13 supplies, handsets, cradles, charging stands, control cables, and battery cables.

14 8.2 Standard Environmental Test Conditions

15 Measurements under standard atmospheric conditions shall be carried out under any
16 combination of the following conditions:

17 Temperature: +15C to +35C

18 Relative humidity: 45% to 75%

19 Air pressure: 86,000 Pa to 106,000 Pa (860 mbar to 1060 mbar)

20 If desired, the results of the measurements can be corrected by calculation to the


21 standard reference temperature of 25C and the standard reference air pressure of
22 101,300 Pa (1013 mbar).

23 8.3 Standard Conditions for the Primary Power Supply

24 8.3.1 General

25 The standard test voltages shall be those specified by the manufacturer, or an


26 equivalent type that duplicates the voltage, impedance, and ampere hours (if relevant
27 for the measurement) of the recommended supply.

28 8.3.2 Standard DC Test Voltage from Accumulator Batteries

29 The standard (or nominal) DC test voltage specified by the manufacturer shall be
30 equal to the standard test voltage of the type of accumulator to be used, multiplied by
31 the number of cells minus an average DC power cable loss value that the
32 manufacturer determines as being typical (or applicable) for a given installation. Since
33 accumulator batteries may or may not be under charge or may be in a state of
34 discharge when the equipment is being operated, the manufacturer shall also test the
35 equipment at anticipated voltage extremes above and below the standard voltage. The

8-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 test voltages shall not deviate from the stated values by more than 2% during a
2 series of measurements carried out as part of a single test on the same equipment.

3 8.3.3 Standard AC Voltage and Frequency

4 For equipment that operates from the AC mains, the standard AC test voltage shall be
5 equal to the nominal voltage specified by the manufacturer. If the equipment is
6 provided with different input taps, the one designated nominal shall be used. The
7 standard test frequency and the test voltage shall not deviate from their nominal
8 values by more than 2%.

9 The equipment shall operate without degradation with input voltage variations of up
10 to 10%, and shall maintain its specified transmitter frequency stability for input
11 voltage variations of up to 15%. The frequency range over which the equipment is to
12 operate shall be specified by the manufacturer.

13 8.4 Standard Test Equipment

14 8.4.1 Standard Channel Simulator

15 The channel simulator shall support the following channel model parameters:

16 All paths are independently faded.

17 The fading is Rayleigh. The probability distribution function of power, F(P), is:
1 - e -P/Pave P >0
18 F (P )=
0 P 0

19 where P is the signal power level and Pave is the mean power level.

20 The level crossing rate, L(P) is:


2pP/P -P/Pave
21 L (P )= ave fd e P >0
0 P 0

22 where fd is the Doppler frequency offset associated with the simulated vehicle
23 speed given by:
v
24 fd = fc
c
25 fc is the carrier frequency, v is the vehicle speed, and c is the speed of light in a
26 vacuum.

27 The power spectral density, S(f), is:


1
(f c - f d ) f (f c + f d )
2
f - fc
28 S(f) = 1 -
f
d

0 Otherwise

29 The autocorrelation coefficient of the unwrapped phase, r (t), is:

8-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

2
3 1 3 [J0 (2pfd t)]2n
1 r(t)=
2p
sin-1[J0 (2pfd t)]+ 6
2p
sin-1[J0 (2pfd t)] -


4p2 n =1 n2

2 This autocorrelation coefficient is shown in Figure 8.4.1-1.

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6
r(t)

0.4

0.2

0.0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3

-0.2
Lag t in units of 1 / Doppler Frequency
4

6 Figure 8.4.1-1. Autocorrelation Coefficient of the Phase

8 The following standard conditions and tolerances on the channel model parameters
9 shall be supported by the channel simulator:

10 Vehicle speed, v: 3 km/h


fc
11 Access terminal fd: Hz 5%
360E6

12 Vehicle speed, v: 8 km/h


fc
13 Access terminal fd: Hz 5%
135E6

14 Vehicle speed, v: 30 km/h


fc
15 Access terminal fd: Hz 5%
36E6

8-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Vehicle speed, v: 100 km/h


fc
2 Access terminal fd: Hz 5%
10.8E6

3 Power distribution function, F(P):

4 1. The tolerance shall be within 1 dB of calculated, for power levels from 10


5 dB above to 20 dB below the mean power level.

6 2. The tolerance shall be within 5 dB of calculated, for power levels from 20


7 dB above to 30 dB below the mean power level.

8 The tolerance shall be within 10% of calculated, for power levels from 3 dB
9 above to 30 dB below the mean power level.
10 Measured power spectral density, S(f), around the carrier, fc:

11 1. At frequency offsets |f - fc|= fd, the maximum power spectral density S(f)
12 shall exceed S(fc) by at least 6 dB.

13 2. For frequency offsets |f- fc |> 2 fd, the maximum power spectral density
14 S(f) shall be less than S(fc) by at least 30 dB.

15 Simulated Doppler frequency, fd, shall be computed from the measured S(f) as
1/ 2
2 (f - f )2 S(f)df
16 fd =
c


S(f)df

17 Measured autocorrelation function of the unwrapped phase, r(t ) :

18 1. At a lag of 0.05/ fd, shall be 0.8 0.1.

19 2. At a lag of 0.15/ fd, shall be 0.5 0.1.

20 8.4.1.1 Standard Channel Simulator Configurations

21 The standard channel simulator shall support all the configurations specified in Table
22 8.4.1.1-1.

23

8-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table 8.4.1.1-1. Standard Channel Simulator Configurations


Channel Simulator Configuration

Parameters 1 2 3 4 5

Vehicle Speed Band Classes 0, 2,


8 3 30 100 0
[km/h] 3, 7, 9, 10, and 12
Band Classes 1, 4,
8 3 30 100 0
6, and 8
Band Class 5 and
15 6 58 192 0
11
Number of Paths 2 1 1 3 2
Path 2 Power (Relative to Path 1) [dB] 0 N/A N/A 0 0
Path 3 Power (Relative to Path 1) [dB] N/A N/A N/A -3 N/A
Delay from Path 1 to Input [s] 0 0 0 0 0
Delay from Path 2 to Input [s] 2 N/A N/A 2 2
Delay from Path 3 to Input [s] N/A N/A N/A 14.5 N/A

3 8.4.2 Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment

4 8.4.2.1 Rho Meter

5 Equipment capable of performing waveform cross-correlation shall be used for the


6 measurement of the reverse link frequency tolerance, time tolerance, and waveform
7 compatibility.

8 During a connection, the Reverse Channel consists of code division multiplexing the
9 Pilot/RRI Channel, the DRC Channel, the ACK Channel, and the Data Channel. For
10 Subtype 0 and 1 Physical Layer, the Pilot/RRI Channel is transmitted continuously in
11 a time-division multiplexed manner. For Subtype 2 Physical Layer, the Pilot and RRI
12 channels are transmitted on separate code channels. The DRC Channel is transmitted
13 continuously in DRC Channel non-gated transmissions and intermittently in DRC
14 Channel gated transmissions. The ACK Channel is transmitted over half slots when
15 the access terminal informs the access network whether a data packet transmitted on
16 the Forward Traffic Channel has been received successfully or not. The DSC Channel
17 is transmitted in the second half slot of every slot. The Auxiliary Pilot Channel is
18 transmitted in a half slot if the transmitted payload during the preceding or
19 subsequent half slot is greater than or equal to AuxiliaryPilotChannelMinPayload. The
20 DSC Channel and Auxiliary Pilot Channel are applicable only to Subtype 2 Physical
21 Layer. Finally, the Data Channel is transmitted when the access terminal has data to
22 send.

23 Measurements of forward link frequency tolerance, time tolerance, and waveform


24 compatibility shall be done by utilizing the overall Reverse Channel i.e. all the Reverse

8-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Channels shall be transmitted continuously (with the exception of the ACK Channel
2 which shall be transmitted during the first half slot of every slot).

3 Various equipment implementations are possible. The equipment used shall provide
4 results equivalent to those produced by equipment that use the following algorithms:

5 The ideal transmitter signal is given as

6 s(t ) = R i (t)e jw t
c

i(t )

7 where
8 wc is the nominal carrier frequency of the signal,

9 i(t) is the index of the code channels summation and is time dependent as
10 the number of code channels varies with time over the Reverse Channel
11 structure. i(t) = 4 for the first half slot of every slot and i(t) = 3 for the
12 second half slot of every slot).
13 Ri(t) is the complex envelope of the ideal ith code channel, given as

14 R i (t ) = a i g (t - kT c )e jf i,k

15 where
16 ai is the amplitude of the ith code channel,

17 g(t) is the unit impulse response of the cascaded transmit filter and phase
18 equalizer described in [1],
19 fi,k is the phase of the kth chip for the ith code channel, occurring at
20 discrete time tk = kTc.

21 Tc is the chip duration.

22

23 Modulation accuracy is the ability of the transmitter to generate the ideal signal s(t).

24 The actual transmitter signal is given by

25 x(t ) = b i [R i (t + ti )+ E(t + ti )] e j[(w + Dw(t))(t + t )+ q ]


c i 0

i(t )

26 where
27 bi is the amplitude of the actual signal relative to the ideal signal for the
28 ith code channel,

29 ti is the time offset of the actual signal relative to the ideal signal for the
30 ith code channel,

31 Dw(t) = Dwm, t mth half slot is the radian frequency offset of the carrier,
32 q0 (t) = qm, t mth half slot is the phase offset of the actual carrier relative
33 to the, ideal, in-phase carrier, and

8-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Ei(t) is the complex envelope of the error (deviation from ideal) of the
2 actual transmit signal for the ith code channel.
N
D m and
1 1
3 The average frequency offset in Hertz is Df = D = the average
2p 2pN
m =1
N
m
1
4 phase offset is 0 = , where N is the number of half-slots in the
2pN
m =1
5 measurement interval.
6 Estimates of the radian frequency offset, Dw = 2pDf , the time offset, 0 , and the phase
7 offset, 0 , of the Reverse Channel shall be obtained to the accuracy specified below.
8 These estimates, (t), 0 , and 0 (t), shall be used to compensate x(t) by introducing
9 a time correction and a complex multiplicative factor to produce y(t), a compensated
10 version of x(t):

0 ) e - j[Dw (t ) t + q0 (t )]

11 y(t ) = x (t - t

12 The compensated signal, y(t), is down converted to baseband, de-scrambled, and shall
13 be passed through a complementary filter to remove the inter-symbol interference (ISI)
14 introduced by the transmit filter and by the transmit phase equalizer to yield an
15 output z(t). The overall impulse response of the filter chain resulting from cascading
16 the complementary filter with the ideal transmit filter and equalizer shall
17 approximately satisfy Nyquists criterion for zero ISI. The Nyquist criterion shall be
18 approximated by filter null levels at least 50 dB below the on-time response at the
19 appropriate sample times. The noise bandwidth of the low-pass complementary filter
20 shall be less than 625 kHz.

21 The idealized output of the complementary filter is


~
22 r(t )= R i ()
t
i(t )

23 where
~ jf
24 R i (t k )= a i e i,k

25 The discrete versions of z(t) and r(t) are:


26 z[k] = z(t k )

27 r[k] = r(t k )

28 where z(t) and r(t) are sampled at the ideal sampling points.

29 Modulation accuracy is measured by determining the fraction of power in the actual


30 filter output z[k] that correlates with r[k] when the transmitter is modulated by the
31 Pilot/RRI Channel, the DRC Channel, the ACK Channel, and the Data Channel.

32 The following waveform quality factor is defined:

8-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

N 1024
2
1024
2
Z j, k R *j, k R j, k
j =1 k =1 k =1

1 rOverall =
N 1024

2
Z j, k
j =1 k =1

2 where Zj,k = z[1024(j-1)+k] is the kth sample in the jth half slot of the output of the
3 complementary filter, and Rj,k = r[1024(j-1)+k] is the corresponding sample of the
4 ideal output of the complementary filter.

5 Modulation accuracy shall be measured by using the 1024N complex-valued samples,


6 z(tk), over a time interval of N half slots. The first sample, z(t1), occurs at the first chip
7 of a half slot and the final sample, z(t1024N), occurs at the last chip of a half slot.

8 The value of N for these measurements shall be at least 2.

9 The accuracy of the waveform quality measurement equipment shall be as shown in


10 Table 8.4.2.1-1.

11

12 Table 8.4.2.1-1. Accuracy of Waveform Quality Measurement Equipment

Parameter Symbol Accuracy Requirement

Waveform Quality r 110-3 from 0.97 to 1.0

Frequency Offset (exclusive of test Df 10 Hz


equipment time base errors)

Time Alignment Offset t0 135 ns

13

14 Refer to Figure 8.4.2.2-1 for a functional block diagram of the operations to perform to
15 calculate the waveform quality.

16 8.4.2.2 Code Domain Measurement Equipment

17 See 8.4.2.1 for definition of signal parameters. Code domain measurement equipment
18 estimates Walsh code domain power, rLreal (i) and rLimag (i) , i = 0,1,L ,L - 1 . (see below
19 for definition).

20 The Walsh covers are denoted WiL . For example, W04 = [1 1 1 1] , W14 = [1 - 1 1 - 1] ,

21 W24 = [1 1 - 1 - 1] , and W34 = [1 - 1 - 1 1] . The components of WiL are denoted

22 WiL, m , m = 1,2,..., L . Code domain power is defined as the distribution of power,


23 normalized by the total power, of z(tk) on the code-space spanned by
L
24 Wi , i = 0,1,..., L - 1 , and is given for the Reverse Channel as

8-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1024
2
N L L
{ }
1 ~
Re Z Lj, k, m WiL, m
L
j =1 k =1 m =1
1 rL
real
(i ) =
N 1024

2
Z j, k
j =1 k =1

2 and
1024
2
N L L
{ }
1 ~
Im Z Lj, k, m WiL, m
L
j =1 k =1 m =1
3 rL
imag
(i ) =
N 1024

2
Z j, k
j =1 k =1

~
4 where Z Lj, k, m = z[1024( j - 1) + L(k - 1) + m] is the mth sample of the kth Walsh interval
5 of the jth half slot, and Z j, k = z[1024( j - 1) + k ] is the kth sample in the jth half slot of
6 the output of the complementary filter. The measured signal is compensated in
7 frequency offset Dw, time alignment offset t0, and phase q0,as described in 8.4.2.1.

8 Note that the code domain power for the Pilot/RRI Channel is rPilot = r16
real (0) . The
4
9 code domain power for the Data Channel is rData = rimag (2) . The Code domain power

10 for the DRC Channel is rDRC = r16


imag (8) .

11 The value of N for the measurement of code-domain power shall be at least 2 for
12 i = 0, 2 and 8 .

13 By defining the following functions:


1 if 1 (k mod 2048) 256
14 g RRI [k ] =
0 elsewhere

0 if 1 (k mod 2048) 256


15 g Pilot [k ] =
1 elsewhere

16 where (k mod 2048) = 1 occurs at the first chip of every slot.


17 z [k ] = z[k ] g RRI [k ]

18 z [k ] = z[k ] g Pilot [k ]

19 The following RRI Channel power relative to Pilot Channel D RRI / Pilot is defined:

8-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

2
16 64 16
{ }
1 ~
Re Z j16 W16
128 , k, m 0, m
j =1k =1m =1
1 D RRI / Pilot =
2
4 64 16
{ }
1 ~ 16
Re Z W16
224 j, k, m 0, m
j =1k =1m =1
~
2 where Z j16 , k, m
= z [1024( j - 1) + 16(k - 1) + m] is the mth sample of the kth Walsh interval
3 in the jth half slot of the output of the complementary filter multiplied by the function
~ 16
4 g RRI[k ] . And where Z j, k, m
= z [1024( j - 1) + 16(k - 1) + m] is the mth sample of the kth
5 Walsh interval in the jth half slot of the output of the complementary filter multiplied
6 by the function g Pilot [k ] . For the D RRI / Pilot measurement, the first sample, z(t1),
7 occurs at the first chip of a slot and the final sample, z(t1024N), occurs at the last chip
8 of a slot.

9 By defining the following functions:


1 if 1 (k mod 2048) 1024
10 g ACK [k ] =
0 elsewhere

11 where (k mod 2048) = 1 occurs at the first chip of every slot.

12

13 z [k ] = z[k ] g ACK [k ]

14 The following Code domain power term, rACK, is defined for the ACK Channel:

15

2
N 128 8
{ }
1 ~ 8
Re Z W 8
8 j, k, m 4 , m
j =1k =1m =1
16 r ACK =
N 1024

2
Z
j
,k
j =1 k =1

~ 16
17 where Z
j, k, m
= z [1024( j - 1) + 16(k - 1) + m] is mth sample of the kth Walsh interval in

18 the jth half slot, and Z 16 = z [1024( j - 1) + k ] is the kth sample in the jth half slot of
j, k
19 the output of the complementary filter multiplied by the function g ACK [k ] . The value
20 of N for this measurement shall be at least 4. For the r ACK measurement, the first
21 sample, z(t1), occurs at the first chip of a slot and the final sample, z(t1024N), occurs
22 at the last chip of a slot.

23 By defining the following functions:


0 if 1 (k mod 2048) 1024
24 g DSC [k] =
1 elsewhere

25 where (k mod 2048) = 1 occurs at the first chip of every slot.

8-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

2 z [k ] = z[k ] g DSC [k ]
3 The following Code domain power term, rDSC , is defined for the DSC Channel:
2
1 N 32 32 ~ 32 32

32 j=1 k =1 m=1
Re Z { }
j ,k ,m W12 ,m


4 rDSC = N 1024

Z
j =1 k =1
32 2
j ,k

~ 32
5 where Z

j ,k ,m = z [1024 ( j - 1) + 32( k - 1) + m] is mth sample of the kth Walsh interval

6 in the jth half slot, and 32


Z
j ,k = z [1024( j - 1) + k ] is the kth sample in the jth half slot
7 of the output of the complementary filter multiplied by the function g DSC [k] . The
8 value of N for this measurement shall be at least 4. For the rDSC measurement, the
9 first sample, z(t1), occurs at the first chip of a slot and the final sample, z(t1024N),
10 occurs at the last chip of a slot.

11 The accuracy of the code domain measurement equipment shall be as shown in Table
12 8.4.2.2-1.

13

14 Table 8.4.2.2-1. Accuracy of Code Domain Measurement Equipment

Parameter Symbol Accuracy Requirement

Code domain power coefficients ri 510-4 from 510-4 to 1.0

Frequency Offset (exclusive of test Df 10 Hz


equipment time base errors)

Time Alignment Offset t0 135 ns

15

16 Figure 8.4.2.2-1 shows a functional block diagram of the operations to perform to


17 calculate the waveform quality and the code domain power coefficients.

18

8-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

s(t): ideal Down Base Band


Conversion Transformation r[k]

x(t): actual Compensation Down Base Band


Block Conversion Transformation z[k]
y(t)

Optimization
Block

Code Domain
Power Meas.
CDP

Rho Meas.
Rho
1
2

3 Figure 8.4.2.2-1. Block diagram for Waveform Quality and Code Domain Power
4 Coefficients Calculation

6 8.4.3 Access Network Simulator

7 These requirements apply to the test equipment simulating an Access Network


8 Requirements for standard Access Network Simulator are specified in [2].

9 8.4.3.1 Transmitter

10 The sector transmitter shall meet the following requirements:

11 Frequency range: access network frequencies as specified in [1].

12 Frequency accuracy: 0.2 ppm

13 Frequency resolution: 10 Hz

8-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Output range: 0 to -110 dBm/1.23 MHz

2 Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB for all channels

3 Output accuracy (relative levels between any two channels): 0.1 dB


4 External calibration may be required for this.

5 Absolute output accuracy: 2.0 dB

6 Minimum waveform quality factor (r): greater than 0.99 (excess power is less
7 than 0.044 dB)

8 Source VSWR: 2.0:1

9 ACLR (Band Class 6, 2.5 MHz offset): 80 dB

10 8.4.3.2 Receiver

11 Input Range -50 to +40 dBm. External attenuators and/or amplifiers may be used to
12 meet these power requirements and may be considered as part of the equipment.

13 Reporting capability of time of arrival with a resolution of 1/8 chip or shorter in


14 duration.

15 8.4.3.3 Protocol Support

16 The access network shall be capable of supplying the protocols required by this
17 document.

18 8.4.3.4 Timing Signals

19 The sector shall provide the following system timing signals referenced to the sector
20 antenna port for use as triggers by other measurement equipment:

21 26.67 ms clock: Short sequence rollover.

22 426.67 ms clock: Control Channel Cycle.

23 Even second time mark.

24 1.67 ms slot clock.

25 Signals synchronized to the following events:

26 Transmitter disabling (right after a Control Channel capsule has been


27 transmitted).

28 Start of power control bit sequences.

29 8.4.3.5 General Requirements

30 The access network shall have the means to generate packets emulating other
31 users so that the Forward Traffic Channel has a determined packet activity. The
Number of Non - idle slots
32 packet activity is defined as:
Total Number of Slots
33 Packet activities of 100% and 0% shall be supported.

8-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 When the access terminal under test is in the Connected State and a 100% packet
2 activity is required, the access network shall conform the following rules for the
3 generation of packets:

4 All the slots during the test will contain Forward Traffic Channel packets or
5 Control Channel packets (100% packet activity).

6 Unless otherwise explicitly stated, the serving rate of the access terminal
7 under test shall be 50%. Therefore, at every slot that a new Forward Traffic
8 Channel packet is to be generated, the access network shall generate a
9 uniformly distributed random number x between 0 and 1.

10 If x > 0.5, the Forward Traffic Channel packet shall be directed to the
11 access terminal under test.

12 Otherwise, the Forward Traffic Channel packet shall be a filling packet


13 emulating other users activity.

14 The packets emulating other users must be of the same length as the length of
15 the packets generated for the access terminal under test. The Preamble MAC
16 index used for the filling packets shall be any valid MAC index number
17 different to the one used for the access terminal under test.

18 In addition the following requirement shall be met by the access network:

19 The sectors configuration shall be compliant with the default values of


20 SoftHandoffDelay and SofterHandoffDelay for all the tests. Upon reception by a
21 sector of the first DRC in a sequence of DRCs pointing to it, the sector shall not
22 transmit any packet until the time determined by SoftHandoffDelay or
23 SofterHandoffDelay.

24 The access network shall be able to generate all the power control bits patterns
25 specified in this Standard. These patterns specify Reverse Power Control Channel
26 bit values or sequence of values. The DRCLock bits of the DRCLock Channel shall
27 not be part of these values or sequence of values.

28 The access network shall be configured so that all the Control Channel packets
29 are transmitted over synchronous Control Channel capsules. Each Control
30 Channel capsule shall not span more than one Control Channel packet.

31 8.4.4 AWGN Generator

32 The AWGN generator shall meet the following minimum performance requirements:

33 Minimum bandwidth: 1.8 MHz

34 Frequency ranges4:

4 The frequency ranges are based on covering the receive band and frequencies as great as 5

MHz outside the band.

8-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 For each band class under test, the AWGN generator must tune over the range
2 of transmit and receive frequencies for that band class.

3 Frequency resolution: 1 kHz.

4 Output accuracy: 2 dB for outputs greater than or equal to -80 dBm/1.23


5 MHz.

6 Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB.

7 Output range: -20 to -95 dBm/1.23 MHz.

8 The AWGN generator shall be uncorrelated to the ideal transmitter signal. See
9 8.4.3.1.

10 8.4.5 CW Generator

11 The CW generator shall meet the following minimum performance requirements:

12 Output frequency range: Tunable over applicable range of radio frequencies.

13 Frequency accuracy: 1 ppm.

14 Frequency resolution: 100 Hz.

15 Output range: -50 dBm to -10 dBm, and off.

16 Output accuracy: 1.0 dB for above output range and frequencies.

17 Amplitude resolution: 0.1 dB.

18 Output phase noise: As required.

19 Output Phase Noise at 20 dBm Power:

20 -144 dBc/Hz at a frequency of 1 GHz as measured at a 285 kHz offset


21 (Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12).

22 -144 dBc/Hz at a frequency of 2 GHz as measured at a 635 kHz offset


23 (Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8).

24 8.4.6 Spectrum Analyzer

25 The spectrum analyzer shall provide the following functionality:

26 General purpose frequency domain measurements.

27 Integrated channel power measurements (power spectral density in 1.23 MHz).

28 The spectrum analyzer shall meet the following minimum performance requirements:

29 Frequency range: Tunable over the applicable radio frequency range.

30 Frequency resolution: 1 kHz.

31 Frequency accuracy: 0.2 ppm.

32 Displayed dynamic range: 70 dB.

33 Display log scale fidelity: 1 dB over the above displayed dynamic range.

8-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Amplitude measurement range for signals from 10 MHz to either 2.6 GHz for
2 Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12, or 6 GHz for Band Classes 1, 4, 6,
3 and 8:

4 1. Power measured in 30 kHz resolution bandwidth: -90 to +20 dBm.

5 2. Integrated 1.23 MHz channel power: -70 to +40 dBm.

6 3. Noise floor: -140 dBm/Hz.

7 4. External attenuation may be used to meet the high power end of the range
8 and may be considered as part of the equipment.

9 Absolute amplitude accuracy (for integrated channel power measurements):

10 1. 1 dB over the range of -40 dBm to +20 dBm.

11 2. 1.3 dB over the range of -70 dBm to +20 dBm.

12 Relative flatness: 1.5 dB over frequency range 10 MHz to either 2.6 GHz for
13 Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12, or 6 GHz for Band Classes 1, 4, 6,
14 and 8.

15 Resolution bandwidth filter: Synchronously tuned or Gaussian (at least 3 poles)


16 with 3 dB bandwidth selections of 1 MHz, 300 kHz, 100 kHz, and 30 kHz.

17 Post detection video filters: Selectable in decade steps from 100 Hz to at least 1
18 MHz.

19 Detection modes: Average detection mode.

20 RF input impedance: Nominal 50 ohms.

21 The spectrum analyzer may also provide the functionality of time domain (zero span)
22 measurements with true average power determination. If this functionality is provided,
23 the spectrum analyzer shall meet the following additional minimum performance
24 requirements:

25 Time domain sweep time: Selectable from 50 ms to 100 ms.

26 Delayed sweep trigger: Selectable from 5 ms to 40 ms.

27 External sweep trigger.

28 Sufficient bandwidths to make the time domain measurements.

29 8.4.7 Average Power Meter

30 The power meter shall provide the following functionality:

31 Average power measurements.

32 True RMS detection for both sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal signals.

33 Absolute power in linear (watt) and logarithmic (dBm) units.

34 Relative (offset) power in dB and percentage units.

35 Automatic calibration and zeroing.

8-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Averaging of multiple readings.

2 The power meter shall meet the following minimum performance requirements:

3 Frequency range: 10 MHz to either 1 GHz for Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10,


4 11, and 12, or 2 GHz for Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8.

5 Power range: -70 dBm (100 pW) to + 40 dBm (10 W).

6 Different sensors may be required to optimally provide this power range.


7 External attenuation may be used to meet the high power end of the range and
8 may be considered as part of the equipment.

9 Absolute and relative power accuracy: 0.2 dB (5%).

10 Excludes sensor and source mismatch (VSWR) errors, zeroing errors


11 (significant at bottom end of sensor range), and power linearity errors
12 (significant at top end of sensor range).

13 Power measurement resolution: Selectable between 0.1 or 0.01 dB.

14 Sensor VSWR: 1.15:1.

15 8.5 Functional System Setups

16 8.5.1 Functional Block Diagrams

17 Figure 8.5.1-1 through Figure 8.5.1-5 show the functional block diagrams of the set-
18 up for different tests:

19

AWGN
Generator
Sector Ioc Access Terminal
Under Test
Channel ^
Tx Ior Ior Io
Simulator S

Rx/Tx

Rx
20

21 Figure 8.5.1-1. Functional Set-up for Traffic Channel Tests in Fading Channel
22 with Full Packet Activity

23

8-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

AWGN
Generator
Sector 1 Ioc Access Terminal
Under Test
Ior1 Channel ^
Tx Ior1 Io
Simulator 1 S

Rx/Tx

Rx

Sector 2

Ior2 Channel ^
Tx Ior2
Simulator 2

Rx
1
2

3 Figure 8.5.1-2. Functional Set-up for Tests in Soft Handoff

8-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

AWGN
Generator
Sector 1 Ioc Access Terminal
Under Test
Ior1 ^
Tx Ior1 Io
S

Rx/Tx

Rx

Sector 2

Ior2 ^
Tx Ior2

Rx
1
2

3 Figure 8.5.1-3. Functional Set-up for Searcher Tests in Handoff

Interference Generator:
AWGN
(1 or 2 CW tones,
Generator
or 1 modulated signal )

Ioc Power

Sector Access Terminal


Under Test
^
Tx Ior Ior Io
S

Rx/Tx

Rx
5
6

7 Figure 8.5.1-4. Functional Set-up for Tests without Fading

8-19
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

CDMA Signal HRPD Signal


Generator Generator

Sector Access Terminal


Under Test
^
Tx Ior Ior Io
S

Rx/Tx

Rx
1
2

3 Figure 8.5.1-5. Functional Set-up for Test for Adjacent Channel Selectivity

5 8.5.2 General Comments

6 The following comments apply to all tests:

7 1. During handoff tests, Channel 2 from sector 2 always has a relative delay of 12
8 microseconds from Channel 1 from sector 1 at the access terminal antenna
9 connector.
10 2. Pilot PN sequence offset indices are denoted by Pi (i = 1, 2, 3). The following
11 assumptions hold unless otherwise specified:
12 0 Pi 511
13 Pi P j if i j
14 Pi mod PilotIncrement = 0
15 3. Access networks should be configured for normal operation as specified in [1]
16 unless explicitly stated differently in a specific test.

17 4. Unless otherwise specified, the Reverse Traffic Channel should be operated at a


18 sufficiently high Eb/Nt to ensure insignificant (for example, less than 10-5) packet
19 error rate.

20 5. Unless otherwise specified, the Reverse Link overhead channels (ACK, DRC, DSC
21 and RRI) should be operated at a sufficiently high Es/Nt to ensure insignificant
22 (for example, less then 10-5) symbol error rate and symbol erasure rate. The gains
23 of these overhead channels relative to the Pilot Channel shall be maintained at
24 their respectively specified values for each test.

25 6. For an access terminal with an integral antenna, the manufacturer shall provide a
26 calibrated RF coupling fixture to provide connection to the standard test
27 equipment.

8-20
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 7. Overhead messages fields should be those needed for normal operation of the
2 access network unless stated differently below or in a specific test.

3 8. Protocol attributes field values should be those needed for normal operation of the
4 access network unless stated differently below or in a specific test.

5 Special field values of AccessParameters Message:

Field Value (Decimal)

ProbeInitialAdjust 0 (0 dB)
ProbeNumStep 5 (5 probes per sequence)
PowerStep 0 (0 dB)

8 Special field values of SectorParameters Message for Sector 1:

8-21
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Field Value (Decimal)

NumNeighbors 16 (16 neighbors)


NeighborPN P2

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P3

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P4

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P5

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P6

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P7

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P8

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P9

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P10

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P11

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P12

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P13

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P14

NeighborChanIncl 0

8-22
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

Field (cont'd) Value (Decimal)

NeighborPN P15

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P16

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P17

NeighborChanIncl 0

2 Special field values of SectorParameters Message for Sector 2:

Field Value (Decimal)

NumNeighbors 16 (16 neighbors)


NeighborPN P1

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P3

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P4

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P5

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P6

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P7

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P8

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P9

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P10

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P11

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P12

8-23
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

Field (cont'd) Value (Decimal)

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P13

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P14

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P15

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P16

NeighborChanIncl 0
NeighborPN P17

NeighborChanIncl 0

3 Special field values of Traffic Channel Assignment Message:

Field Value (Decimal)

DRCLength 0 (1 slot)

DRCChannelGain 6 (3 dB)
ACKChannelGain 6 (3 dB)

6 Special field values of PowerParameters attribute of the Default Reverse Traffic


7 Channel MAC Protocol:
8

Field Value (Decimal)

DataOffsetNom 0 (0 dB)
DataOffset9k6 0 (0 dB)
DataOffset19k2 0 (0 dB)
DataOffset38k4 0 (0 dB)
DataOffset76k8 0 (0 dB)
DataOffset153k6 0 (0 dB)
RPCStep 1 (1 dB)

8-24
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Values of time limits and other constants should be as specified in [1]. Values of some
2 time limits and constants are listed below for reference.

Constant Value
TRTCMPATSetup 1.5 secs
12 Control Channel
TCCMPSupervision
cycles (5.12 secs)
TFTCMDRCSupervision 240 ms
12 Control Channel
TFTCMPRestartTx
cycles (5.12 secs)
NFTCMPRestartTx 16 slots

5 Set the RateParameters attribute fields of the Default Reverse Traffic Channel MAC
6 Protocol to the values specified below:

Field Value

Transition009k6_019k2 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition019k2_038k4 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition038k4_076k8 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition076k8_153k6 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition019k2_009k6 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition038k4_019k2 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition076k8_038k4 0xFF (probability: 1)

Transition153k6_076k8 0xFF (probability: 1)

9 8.6 Error Rates Measurement

10 8.6.1 Control Channel PER

11 The Control Channel PER is calculated as follows:


DControlChannelPktCou nt
12 Control Channel PER = 1 -
DIdleStateElapsedTime /256

13 where IdleStateElapsedTime and ControlChannelPktCount are parameters defined in


14 the Test Application FTAP in [3].

8-25
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 8.6.2 Forward Traffic Channel PER

2 The Forward Traffic Channel PER for data rate "i" is calculated as follows:

3 PER i =
(Number of Bad Packets at Rate i )
(Number of Transmitted Packets at Rate i )
4 where (# Bad Packets at Rate i) and (# Transmitted Packets at Rate i) are parameters
5 obtained from the Test Application FTAP, as defined in [3].

6 The average Forward Traffic Channel PER is calculated as follows:


(Number of Bad Packets at Rate i )
PER = i
(Number
7
of Transmitted Packets at Rate i )
i

8 where the summations are done over all the Forward Traffic Channel data rates.

9 8.6.3 BCMCS PER

10 The BCMCS PER is calculated as follows:

11 PER =
(Number of Bad Security Packets )
(Number of Transmitted Security Packets )
12 Only Broadcast packets shall be included in the above computation.

13 8.7 Throughput Calculation

14 Data rate throughput shall be calculated based only on the packets sent to the access
15 terminal in response to the access terminals request. The access network simulator
16 shall count only packets it transmits to the access terminal at the access terminals
17 request. The access terminal shall count the number of slots required for the access
18 terminal to decode each packet and report it to the access network simulator. The
19 average Forward Traffic Channel (FTC) throughput can be computed by the access
20 network simulator using

PayloadSize[]
i
Average FTC Throughput (kbps ) = i
DecodeSlots[]
21
i 53
i

where PayloadSize[]
th
22 i is the physical layer payload size of the i packet transmitted to
23 the access terminal under test and DecodeSlot s[]
i is the number of slots taken by the
th th
24 access terminal to decode the i packet. If the i packet could not be decoded
25 successfully by the access terminal, then PayloadSize[]i shall be set to 0
26 and DecodeSlot s[]
i shall be set to its nominal length in slots

8-26
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 8.8 Confidence Interval

2 8.8.1 Confidence Level of Error Rate

3 When it is required that an error rate (e.g. PER) of a given test be less than a specified
4 value with confidence level C, the procedure for a one-sided confidence limit is applied.
5 This procedure assumes that all errors occur independently, resulting in a Poisson
6 distribution of errors during the test. Since test procedures do not specify either the
7 test duration or the number of errors that are allowed, the error rate at the specified
8 confidence level is computed after the test is completed. Alternatively, if sufficiently
9 few errors occur during the test, the test may be halted when the desired confidence
10 level on the error rate is achieved.

11 In order to have a confidence level C that the true error rate is less than the specified
12 error rate, the measured error rate shall be less than

13 p = 2pk/c2(1-C,2k),

14 where p is the measured error rate, p is the specified error rate, and k is the number
15 of errors that occur during the test. In this expression, c2(a,n) is the value x such that
16 P(X > x) = a, where X is a chi-squared distributed random variable with n degrees of
17 freedom. Values for c2(a,n) can be found in various tables. Equivalently stated,
18 satisfying this expression means that the true error rate has probability C of being
19 less than the specified error rate.

20 Figure 8.8.1-1 and Figure 8.8.1-2 provide curves of the demonstrated performance as
21 a fraction of the targeted specification versus the number of errors measured in the
22 tests for confidence levels of 95% and 90%, respectively. The test duration can be
23 determined by dividing the number of errors by the demonstrated error rate. From the
24 figure, as the number of errors becomes large, the measured error rate becomes very
25 close to the specified error rate. This means that if the true error rate is close to the
26 specified error rate, the test time can become increasingly long.

27 Figure 8.8.1-3 provides a curve of maximum PER as a function of the number of


28 packets tested for the specified packet error rate of 0.01 with 95% confidence level.
29 Figure 8.8.1-4 provides a curve of maximum FER as a function of the number of
30 packets tested for the specified packet error rate of 0.1 with 90% confidence level.

31 If no errors occur during a test, the test may be terminated when the test time is
32 sufficient to assure the confidence level on error rate is achieved. This is done by
33 assuming one error could have occurred at the end of the test, and applying the
34 criteria stated above with k = 1.

35

8-27
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1.0
0.9

Measured/Specified PER Ratio 0.8


0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
1 10 100 1000
Number of Errors, k

2 Figure 8.8.1-1. Rate Ratio Bound as a Function of Number of Errors (K) for 95%
3 Confidence

1.0
0.9
Measured/Specified FER Ratio

0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
1 10 100 1000

Number of Errors, k
5

6 Figure 8.8.1-2. Rate Ratio Bound as a Function of Number of Errors (K) for 90%
7 Confidence

8-28
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1.0

Maximum Allowable Test PER (%)


0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
100 1000 10000 100000

Test duration (Packets)


1

2 Figure 8.8.1-3. Test Requirement for 95% Confidence of PER = 0.01

10.0
Maximum Allowable Test PER (%)

9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
10 100 1000 10000

Test duration (Packets)


4

5 Figure 8.8.1-4. Test Requirement for 90% Confidence of PER = 0.1

7 8.8.2 Confidence on Power Measurement During Fading

8 During fading tests, the average power over the test can be estimated based on the
9 assumption that fade samples spaced about one half wavelength apart are

8-29
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 independent. Under this assumption, the standard deviation of power decreases as


2 squared root of the number of independent samples in the test. Then at a given speed
3 the time between independent samples is computed as (3600/1000) (/2v), where
4 is the wavelength in meters and v is the vehicle speed in kilometers per hour.

5 Figure 8.8.2-5 through Figure 8.8.2-7 show the standard deviation of average power
6 as a function of test time (in 20 ms frames) for three fading cases (Cases 1, 3, and 4
7 from top to bottom) specified in Table 8.4.1.1-1. In these cases the standard deviation
8 of the individual samples depends on the number and amplitudes of the paths
9 specified for each test, and the time between independent samples was determined
10 from the speed specified for the test. The minimum test duration requirements based
11 on a power measurement uncertainty requirement of 0.2 dB are summarized in Table
12 8.8.2-1.

13

2.6
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.1
2
1.9
Measured Mean Power Std Dev (dB)

1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
2-paths, 8km/h
1.4
1-path, 30km/h
1.3
3-paths, 100km/h
1.2
1-path, 3km/h
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1 10 100 1000
Time Duration (s)
14

15 Figure 8.8.2-5. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band


16 Class 5 and 11

17

8-30
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4
Measured Mean Power Std Dev (dB)

1.3

1.2

1.1
2-paths, 8km/h
1 1-path, 30km/h
0.9 3-paths, 100km/h
1-path, 3km/h
0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0
1 10 100 1000
Time Duration (s)
1

2 Figure 8.8.2-6. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band


3 Classes 0, 2, 3, 7, 9, 10 and 12

1.3

1.2

1.1

1
Measured Mean Power Std Dev (dB)

0.9

0.8

2-paths, 8km/h
0.7
1-path, 30km/h
3-paths, 100km/h
0.6
1-path, 3km/h

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0
1 10 100 1000
Time Duration (s)
5

6 Figure 8.8.2-7. Uncertainty in Power Measurement in Rayleigh Fading for Band


7 Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8

8-31
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table 8.8.2-1. Minimum Test Duration Requirements


Band Class Channel Simulator Configuration
1 3 4 6
seconds slots seconds slots seconds slots seconds slots
5 and 11 50 30000 30 18000 3 1800 300 180000
0, 2, 3, 7, 9, 30 18000 20 12000 2 1200 200 120000
10 and 12
1, 4, 6 and 8 10 6000 7 4200 2 1200 70 42000

2 One slot corresponds to 1.67 ms.

4 8.8.3 Confidence level of Detection Time

5 Several tests involve the successful detection of a strong pilot, or the successful loss
6 detection of a weak pilot. Tests of this type require that the time to have a successful
7 outcome be less than a specified value, T, with probability, p, and confidence level, C.
8 One method to establish a confidence level from the measurements is to declare an
9 error if the time to success exceeds the specified time, T. Assume that k errors occur
10 during N repeated tests. The method used in A.1 can be used to determine the
11 confidence level of the test by replacing p' with k/N. The resulting requirement on k,
12 in order to have a confidence level C that the true error rate is less than the specified
13 error rate, is that k satisfy the relationship:
14 c2 (1 - C,2k )= 2Np .

8-32
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 ANNEX A SELECTED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLES


2 This annex is normative.

3 A.1 Demodulation Requirements

4 A.1.1 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in AWGN

5 These requirements are referenced by 3.2.1.

6 A.1.1.1 Method of Measurement

8 Table A.1.1.1-1. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 1 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

Ior / Ioc dB 15.4 13.4 10.8 10.1

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -70.4 -68.4 -65.8 -65.1


Data Rate kbps 2,457.6 2,457.6 1,843.2 1,843.2
Slots per Physical
Slots 1 1 1 1
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 11.14 9.14 7.79 7.09
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -0.12 -0.19 -0.35 -0.4
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-1
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.1-2. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 2 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 5 Test 6

Ior / Ioc dB 5.9 6

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -60.9 -61


Data Rate kbps 1,228.8 1,228.8
Slots per Physical
Slots 2 2
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 4.74 4.84
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -0.99 -0.97
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.
2

3 Table A.1.1.1-3. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 3 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 7 Test 8

Ior / Ioc dB 3.1 3.2

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -58.1 -58.2


Data Rate kbps 921.6 921.6
Slots per Physical
slots 2 2
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 3.19 3.29
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -1.73 -1.7
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.
4

A-2
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.1-4. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 4 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 9 Test 10 Test 11

Ior / Ioc dB 5.5 0.5 -2.5

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -60.5 -55.5 -52.5


Data Rate kbps 1,228.8 614.4 307.2
Slots per Physical
slots 1 2 4
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 4.25 2.35 2.36
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -1.08 -2.77 -4.44
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

3 Table A.1.1.1-5. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 5 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 12 Test 13 Test 14

Ior / Ioc dB 0.6 0.7 0.8

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -55.6 -55.7 -55.8


Data Rate kbps 614.4 614.4 614.4
Slots per Physical
Slots 1 1 1
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 2.36 2.46 2.56
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -2.72 -2.67 -2.63
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.
4

A-3
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.1-6. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 6 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 15 Test 16 Test 17 Test 18

Ior / Ioc dB -2.5 -5.6 -8.6 -11.4

Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -52.5 -49.4 -46.4 -43.6


Data Rate kbps 307.2 153.6 76.8 38.4
Slots per Physical
Slots 2 4 8 16
Layer packet
Traffic E b
dB 2.27 2.18 2.19 2.4
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -4.44 -6.66 -9.16 -11.7
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

3 Table A.1.1.1-7 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 7 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 19 Test 20 Test 21

Ior / Ioc dB -2.51 -5.29 -6.93


Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -52.50 -49.72 -48.07
Data Rate kbps 307.2 153.6 76.8
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 512 256 128
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 1 1 1
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 64 64 64
Traffic E b
dB 2.27 2.50 3.86
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -4.44 -6.41 -7.73
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-4
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.1-8 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 8 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 22 Test 23 Test 24

Ior / Ioc dB -11.25 -11.00 -9.46


Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -43.75 -44.00 -45.54
Data Rate kbps 38.4 76.8 19.2
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 512 256 128
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 8 4 2
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 512 256 128
Traffic E b
dB 2.55 2.81 4.34
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -11.57 -11.33 -9.93
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

3 Table A.1.1.1-9 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 9 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 25 Test 26 Test 27

Ior / Ioc dB -7.93 -10.49 -9.33


Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -47.07 -44.51 -45.68
Nominal Data Rate kbps 19.2 9.6 4.8
Effective Data Rate kbps 76.8 38.4 38.4
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 512 256 128
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 16 16 16
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 1024 1024 1024
Traffic E b
dB 2.28 2.73 2.98
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -8.58 -10.86 -9.80
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-5
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.1-10 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in AWGN (Part 10 of 10)
Parameter Units Test 28 Test 29 Test 30

Ior / Ioc dB 8.11 33.44 20.45


Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -63.11 -78.44 -75.45
Data Rate kbps 1,536.0 3,072.0 3,072.0
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 5,120 5,120 5,120
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 2 1 1
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 64 64 64
Traffic E b
dB 5.98 28.21 15.22
Nt
Pilot E c
dB -0.62 -0.00 -0.04
Io
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-6
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 A.1.1.2 Minimum Standard

3 Table A.1.1.2-1. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


4 AWGN (Part 1 of 7)
Test Data Rate
Slots Eb/Nt [dB] PER
(kbps)

10.94 0.03
1 2,457.6 1 11.14 0.01
11.34 0.005
7.69 0.03
3 1,843.2 1 7.79 0.01
7.99 0.005
4.64 0.05
5 and 6 1,228.8 2 4.74 0.03
4.84 0.005
3.19 0.05
7, and 8 921.6 2 3.29 0.01
3.39 0.003
4.1 0.03
9 1,228.8 1 4.25 0.01
4.35 0.005
2.25 0.03
10 614.4 2 2.35 0.01
2.45 0.005
2.26 0.03
11 307.2 4 2.36 0.01

A-7
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.2-2. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 AWGN (Part 2 of 7)
Test Data Rate
Slots Eb/Nt [dB] PER
(kbps)

2.36 0.05
12, 13, and 14 614.4 1 2.46 0.01
2.56 0.005
2.66 0.003
2.07 0.03
15 307.2 2 2.27 0.01
2.37 0.005
1.98 0.03
16 153.6 4 2.18 0.01
2.28 0.005
2.09 0.03
17 76.8 8 2.19 0.01
2.29 0.005
2.3 0.03
18 38.4 16 2.4 0.01
2.5 0.005

4 Table A.1.1.2-3. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


5 AWGN (Part 3 of 7)
Test Data Rate
Slots Eb/Nt [dB] PER
(kbps)

8.94 0.03
2 2,457.6 1 9.14 0.01
9.34 0.005
6.99 0.03
4 1,843.2 1 7.09 0.01
7.29 0.005

A-8
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.2-4 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 AWGN (Part 4 of 7)
Test Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

2.09 0.03
19 (512, 1, 64) 2.27 0.01

2.38 0.005

2.27 0.03
20 (256, 1, 64) 2.50 0.01

2.64 0.005

3.56 0.03
21 (128, 1, 64) 3.86 0.01

4.01 0.005

2.43 0.03
22 (512, 8, 512) 2.55 0.01

2.68 0.005

2.61 0.03
23 (256, 4, 256) 2.81 0.01

2.94 0.005

4.03 0.03
24 (128, 2, 128) 4.34 0.01

4.48 0.005

A-9
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.2-5 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 AWGN (Part 5 of 7)
Test Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

2.11 0.03 (after 4 slots)


25 (512, 16, 1024) 2.28 0.01 (after 4 slots)

2.36 0.005 (after 4 slots)

2.50 0.03 (after 4 slots)


26 (256, 16, 1024) 2.73 0.01 (after 4 slots)

2.84 0.005 (after 4 slots)

2.72 0.03 (after 2 slots)


27 (128, 16, 1024) 2.98 0.01 (after 2 slots)

3.14 0.005 (after 2 slots)

4 Table A.1.1.2-6 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


5 AWGN (Part 6 of 7)
Test Data Rate
Slots Eb/Nt [dB] PER
(kbps)

5.90 0.03
28 1,536.0 2 5.98 0.01

6.05 0.005

21.41 0.03
29 3,072.0 1 28.21 0.01

44.28 0.008

A-10
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.1.2-7 Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 AWGN (Part 7 of 7)
Test Data Rate
Slots Eb/Nt [dB] PER
(kbps)

14.52 0.03
30 3,072.0 1 15.22 0.01

15.35 0.008

4 A.1.2 Demodulation of Forward Traffic Channel in Multipath Fading Channel

5 A.1.2.1 Method of Measurement

7 Table A.1.2.1-1. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


8 (Case 1, Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -6.0 (1): -4.2 (1): -3.3


(2): -7.4 (2): -5.8 (2): -4.6
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -49 (1): -50.8 (1): -51.7
(2): -47.6 (2): -49.2 (2): -50.4
Data Rate kbps 38.4
Traffic E b (1): 7.29 (1): 8.85 (1): 9.59
Nt dB
(2): 6.02 (2): 7.47 (2): 8.51
Pilot E c (1): -6.97 (1): -5.60 (1): -4.97
Io dB
(2): -8.13 (2): -6.81 (2): -5.89
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12 (2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-11
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-2 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


2 (Case 1, Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 4 Test 5 Test 6

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -2.4 (1): -0.5 (1): 0.6


(2): -3.8 (2): -2.4 (2): -1.5
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -52.6 (1): -54.5 (1): -55.6
(2): -51.2 (2): --52.6 (2): -53.5
Data Rate kbps 76.8
Traffic E b (1): 7.29 (1): 8.69 (1): 9.42
Nt dB
(2): 6.17 (2): 7.29 (2): 7.98
Pilot E c (1): -4.37 (1): -3.27 (1): -2.72
Io dB
(2): -5.31 (2): -4.37 (2): -3.82
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

4 Table A.1.2.1-3. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


5 (Case 2, Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 7 Test 8 Test 9

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -0.9 (1): 2.3 (1): 4.5


(2): -3.0 (2): 0.5 (2): 2.3
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -54.1 (1): -57.3 (1): -59.5
(2): -52.0 (2): -55.5 (2): -57.3
Data Rate kbps 38.4
Traffic E b (1): 12.90 (1): 16.10 (1): 18.30
Nt dB
(2): 10.80 (2): 14.30 (2): 16.10
Pilot E c (1): -3.48 (1): -2.01 (1): -1.32
Io dB
(2): -4.76 (2): -2.77 (2): -2.01
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-12
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-4. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


2 (Case 2, Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 10 Test 11 Test 12

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 3.0 (1): 6.2 (1): 9.0


(2): 1.0 (2): 3.7 (2): 6.0
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -58.0 (1): -61.2 (1): -64.0
(2): -56.0 (2): -58.7 (2): -61.0
Data Rate kbps 76.8
Traffic E b (1): 13.79 (1): 16.99 (1): 19.79
Nt dB
(2): 11.79 (2): 14.49 (2): 16.79
Pilot E c (1): -1.76 (1): -0.93 (1): -0.51
Io dB
(2): -2.54 (2): -1.54 (2): -0.97
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/I0 values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

4 Table A.1.2.1-5. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


5 (Case 3, Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 13 Test 14 Test 15

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -5.7 (1): -1.2 (1): 1.0


(2): -6.7 (2): -1.8 (2): 0.6
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -49.3 (1): -53.8 (1): -56.0
(2): -48.3 (2): -53.2 (2): -55.6
Data Rate kbps 38.4
Traffic E b (1): 8.10 (1): 12.60 (1): 14.80
Nt dB
(2): 7.10 (2): 12.00 (2): 14.40
Pilot E c (1): -6.74 (1): -3.65 (1): -2.54
Io dB
(2): -7.54 (2): -4.00 (2): -2.72
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-13
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-6. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


2 (Case 3, Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 16 Test 17 Test 18

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -2.5 (1): 0.2 (1): 2.5


(2): -2.5 (2): 0.3 (2): 2.5
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -52.5 (1): -55.2 (1): -57.5
(2): -52.5 (2): -55.3 (2): -57.5
Data Rate kbps 76.8
Traffic E b (1): 8.29 (1): 10.99 (1): 13.29
Nt dB
(2): 8.29 (2): 11.09 (2): 13.29
Pilot E c (1): -4.44 (1): -2.91 (1): -1.94
Io dB
(2): -4.44 (2): -2.86 (2): -1.94
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

4 Table A.1.2.1-7. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


5 (Case 4, Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 19 Test 20 Test 21

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -8.6 (1): -7.6 (1): -6.9


(2): -9.1 (2): -8.1 (2): -7.5
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -46.4 (1): -47.4 (1): -48.1
(2): -45.9 (2): -46.9 (2): -47.5
Data Rate kbps 38.4
Traffic E b (1): 4.83 (1): 5.74 (1): 6.37
Nt dB
(2): 4.37 (2): 5.29 (2): 5.83
Pilot E c (1): -9.16 (1): -8.30 (1): -7.71
Io dB
(2): -9.60 (2): -8.73 (2): -8.21
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-14
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-8. Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel


2 (Case 4, Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Units Test 22 Test 23 Test 24

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -5.6 (1): -5.0 (1): -4.5


(2): -6.1 (2): -5.6 (2): -5.1
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -49.4 (1): -50.0 (1): -50.5
(2): -48.9 (2): -49.4 (2): -49.9
Data Rate kbps 76.8
Traffic E b (1): 4.49 (1): 4.99 (1): 5.41
Nt dB
(2): 4.06 (2): 4.49 (2): 4.91
Pilot E c (1): -6.66 (1): -6.19 (1): -5.82
Io dB
(2): -7.05 (2): -6.66 (2): -6.27
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-15
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-9 Test Parameters for FTC Demodulation in Fading Channel (Case 5)
Parameter Units Test 25

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 12.5

(2): 7.9
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -67.5

(2): -62.9
Nominal Data Rate kbps 19.2
Effective Data Rate kbps 76.8
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 512
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 16
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 1024
Traffic E b
(1): 22.71
Nt dB
(2): 18.11
Pilot E c
(1): -0.24
Io dB
(2): -0.65
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-16
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-10 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 Fading Channel (Case 6)
Parameter Units Test 26

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -5.9

(2): -6.5
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -49.1

(2): -48.5
Nominal Data Rate kbps 9.6
Effective Data Rate kbps 38.4
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 256
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 16
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 1024
Traffic E b
(1): 6.66
Nt dB
(2): 6.12
Pilot E c
(1): -6.89
Io dB
(2): -7.40
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-17
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-11 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation in


2 Fading Channel (Case 7)
Parameter Units Test 27

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 3.4

(2): 1.23
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -58.4

(2): -56.2
Nominal Data Rate kbps 4.8
Effective Data Rate kbps 38.4
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 128
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 16
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 1024
Traffic E b
(1): 12.50
Nt dB
(2): 11.32
Pilot E c
(1): -1.63
Io dB
(2): -2.44
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-18
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.1-12 Test Parameters for Forward Traffic Channel Demodulation in


2 Fading Channel (Case 8)
Parameter Units Test 28

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 3.9

(2): 1.6
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -58.9

(2): -56.6
Nominal Data Rate kbps 4.8
Effective Data Rate kbps 38.4
Physical Layer Packet
Bits 128
Size
Slots per Physical
Slots 16
Layer packet
Preamble Length Chips 1024
Traffic E b
(1): 16.20
Nt dB
(2): 13.85
Pilot E c
(1): -1.48
Io dB
(2): -2.30
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6 and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameter themselves.

A-19
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 A.1.2.2 Minimum Standard

3 Table A.1.2.2-1. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


4 Fading Channel (Case 1)
Rate Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 6.84
0.05
(2): 5.29
(1): 7.29
0.03
(2): 6.02
(1): 8.85
38.4 kbps 0.01
(2): 7.47
(1): 9.59
0.005
(2): 8.51
(1): 10.3
0.003
(2): 9.01
(1): 6.66
0.05
(2): 5.67
(1): 7.29
0.03
(2): 6.17
(1): 8.69
76.8 kbps 0.01
(2): 7.29
(1): 9.42
0.005
(2): 7.98
(1): 10.03
0.003
(2): 8.41
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-20
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.2-2. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 Fading Channel (Case 2)
Rate Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 11.60
0.05
(2): 9.70
(1): 12.90
0.03
(2): 10.80
(1): 16.10
38.4 kbps 0.01
(2): 14.30
(1): 18.30
0.005
(2): 16.10
(1): 20.00
0.003
(2): 17.40
(1): 12.29
0.05
(2): 10.79
(1): 13.79
0.03
(2): 11.79
(1): 16.99
76.8 kbps 0.01
(2): 14.49
(1): 19.79
0.005
(2): 16.79
(1): 21.69
0.003
(2): 18.39
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-21
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.2-3. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 Fading Channel (Case 3)
Rate Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 6.80
0.05
(2): 6.20
(1): 8.10
0.03
(2): 7.10
(1): 12.60
38.4 kbps 0.01
(2): 12.00
(1): 14.80
0.005
(2): 14.40
(1): 16.30
0.003
(2): 16.00
(1): 7.29
0.05
(2): 7.29
(1): 8.29
0.03
(2): 8.29
(1): 10.99
76.8 kbps 0.01
(2): 11.09
(1): 13.29
0.005
(2): 13.29
(1): 16.29
0.003
(2): 16.49
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-22
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.2-4. Minimum Standards for Forward Traffic Channel Performance in


2 Fading Channel (Case 4)
Rate Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 4.37
0.05
(2): 4.00
(1): 4.83
0.03
(2): 4.37
(1): 5.74
38.4 kbps 0.01
(2): 5.29
(1): 6.37
0.005
(2): 5.83
(1): 6.90
0.003
(2): 6.19
(1): 4.15
0.05
(2): 3.89
(1): 4.49
0.03
(2): 4.06
(1): 4.99
76.8 kbps 0.01
(2): 4.49
(1): 5.41
0.005
(2): 4.91
(1): 5.81
0.003
(2): 5.24
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-23
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.2-5 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading


2 Channel (Case 5)
Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

(1): 18.31 0.03 (after 4 slots)

(2): 14.91
(512, 16, 1024) (1): 22.71 0.01 (after 4 slots)

(2): 18.11

(1): 24.91 0.005 (after 4 slots)

(2): 19.96

4 Table A.1.2.2-6 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading


5 Channel (Case 6)
Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

(1): 5.94 0.03 (after 4 slots)

(2): 5.57
(256, 16, 1024) (1): 6.66 0.01 (after 4 slots)

(2): 6.12

(1): 7.02 0.005 (after 4 slots)

(2): 6.48

A-24
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.2.2-7 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading


2 Channel (Case 7)
Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

(1): 10.84 0.03 (after 2 slots)

(2): 9.45
(128, 16, 1024) (1): 12.50 0.01 (after 2 slots)

(2): 11.32

(1): 13.38 0.005 (after 2 slots)

(2): 12.01

4 Table A.1.2.2-8 Minimum Standards for Traffic Channel Performance in Fading


5 Channel (Case 8)
Packet Format
(Physical Layer Packet size (bits), Eb/Nt [dB] PER
Nominal Transmit Duration (slots),
Preamble length (chips))

(1): 13.00 0.03 (after 2 slots)

(2): 11.05
(128, 16, 1024) (1): 16.20 0.01 (after 2 slots)

(2): 13.85

(1): 17.60 0.005 (after 2 slots)

(2): 15.40

A-25
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 A.1.3 Demodulation of ARQ Channel

2 A.1.3.1 Method of Measurement

4 Table A.1.3.1-1 Test Parameters for ARQ Demodulation in AWGN


Parameter Units Test 1 Test 2

Ior / Ioc dB 1.3 -4.7


Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz -65 -65
ARQMode 0 1
ARQ Ec/Ior dB -21 -9
Pilot E c
dB -2.41 -5.97
Io
Note: The Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in the table. They are
not settable parameter themselves.

6 A.1.3.2 Minimum Standard

8 Table A.1.3.2-1 Minimum Standards for ARQ Channel Demodulation


9 Performance in AWGN
Test # P(NAK|ACK) P(ACK|NAK)

3.2E-3 3.0E-5
1 5.0E-4 3.0E-4

3.0E-5 3.2E-3

1.3E-2 2.0E-5
2 1.7E-3 2.0E-4

1.1E-4 2.0E-3

10

A-26
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 A.1.4 Demodulation of Broadcast Channel

2 A.1.4.1 Method of Measurement

4 Table A.1.4.1-1 Test Parameters for Broadcast Channel Demod (Part 1)


Case 1 Case 2
Parameter Units
Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

Ior / Ioc dB -4.78 -1.39 (1): -0.5 (1): 5.9


(2): -1.2 (2): 5.0
Ioc dBm/1.23 -50.23 -53.61 (1): -54.5 (1): -60.9
MHz (2): -53.8 (2): -60.0
Data Rate kbps 204.8 409.6 204.8 409.6
Slots per Physical
Slots 3 3 3 3
Layer packet
Outer Code 3 6 1 2
MACPacketPerECBRow 0 1 0 1
Traffic E b (1): 5.25 (1): 4.99
Nt dB 2.28 2.77
(2): 4.83 (2): 4.70
Pilot E c (1): -3.28 (1): -0.99
Io dB -6.02 -3.76
(2): -3.63 (2): -1.19
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A-27
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.4.1-2 Test Parameters for Broadcast Channel Demod (Part 2)


Case 3
Parameter Units
Test 5 Test 6

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 8.5 (1): 13.0


(2): 6.7 (2): 11.0
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -63.5 (1): -68.0
(2): -61.7 (2): -66.0
Data Rate kbps 204.8 409.6
Slots per Physical
Slots 3 3
Layer packet
Outer Code 4 5
MACPacketPerECBRow 0 1
Traffic E b (1): 16.19 (1): 17.44
Nt dB
(2): 14.39 (2): 15.46
Pilot E c (1): -0.58 (1): -0.21
Io dB
(2): -0.85 (2): -0.33
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the
parameters set in the table. They are not settable parameters
themselves.

A-28
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.4.1-3 Test Parameters for Broadcast Channel Demod (Part 3)


Case 4
Parameter Units Test 7 Test 8
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2

Ior / Ioc dB (1): -2.8 (1): -2.8 (1): 3.2 (1): 0.2
(2): -3.2 (2): -3.2 (2): 2.7 (2): -0.3
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1): -52.2 (1): -58.2
(2): -51.8 (2): -57.7
Data Rate kbps 204.8 409.6
Slots per Physical
Slots 3 3
Layer packet
Outer Code 2 1
MACPacketPerECBRow 0 1
Traffic E b (1): 3.36 (1): 3.36 (1): 4.37 (1): 1.37
Nt dB
(2): 3.02 (2): 3.02 (2): 4.14 (2): 1.14
Pilot E c (1): -4.60 (1): -4.60 (1): -1.70 (1): -2.91
Io dB
(2): -4.89 (2): -4.89 (2): -1.87 (2): -3.16
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A-29
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

2 Table A.1.4.1-4 Test Parameters for Broadcast Channel Demod (Part 4)


Case 5
Parameter Units Test 9 Test 10
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2

Ior / Ioc dB (1): 5.5 (1): 5.5 (1): 3.0 (1): 0.0
(2): 4.1 (2): 4.1 (2): 1.8 (2): -1.2
Ioc dBm/1.23 MHz (1):-60.5 (1): -58.0
(2): -59.1 (2): -56.8
Data Rate kbps 409.6 204.8
Slots per Physical
Slots 3 3
Layer packet
Outer Code 4 5
MACPacketPerECBRow 1 0
Traffic E b (1): 10.31 (1): 10.31 (1): 10.35 (1): 7.35
Nt dB
(2): 8.95 (2): 8.95 (2): 9.12 (2): 6.12
Pilot E c (1): -1.08 (1): -1.08 (1): -1.77 (1): -3.02
Io dB
(2): -1.42 (2): -1.42 (2): -2.22 (2): -3.68
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
Note: The Traffic Eb/Nt and Pilot Ec/Io values are calculated from the parameters set in
the table. They are not settable parameters themselves.

4 A.1.4.2 Minimum Standard

6 Table A.1.4.2-1 Minimum Standards for Broadcast Channel Demodulation (Case


7 1)
Test Eb/Nt [dB] PER

1 2.18 0.05
2.31 0.005
2 2.72 0.05
2.79 0.005

A-30
3GPP2 C.P0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.4.2-2 Minimum Standards for Broadcast Channel Demod (Case 2)


Test Eb/Nt [dB] PER
2

(1): 4.72
0.05
(2): 4.44
(1): 5.25
3 0.01
(2): 4.83
(1): 5.45
0.005
(2): 4.96
(1): 4.56
0.05
(2): 4.33
(1): 4.99
4 0.01
(2): 4.70
(1): 5.13
0.005
(2): 4.82
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8
3

4 Table A.1.4.2-3 Minimum Standards for Broadcast Channel Demod (Case 3)


Test Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 12.12
0.05
(2): 11.18
(1): 16.19
5 0.01
(2): 14.39
(1): 17.99
0.005
(2): 15.53
(1): 12.55
0.05
(2): 12.16
(1): 17.44
6 0.01
(2): 15.46
(1): 19.22
0.005
(2): 16.89
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-31
3GPP2 C.P.0033-A v1.0

1 Table A.1.4.2-4 Minimum Standards for Broadcast Channel Demod (Case 4)


Test Channel 1 Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 2.83
0.05
(2): 2.61
(1): 3.36
7 0.01
(2): 3.02
(1): 3.55
0.005
(2): 3.17
(1): 3.97
0.05
(2): 3.81
(1): 4.37
8 0.01
(2): 4.14
(1): 4.53
0.005
(2): 4.27
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

3 Table A.1.4.2-5 Minimum Standards for Broadcast Channel Demod (Case 5)


Test Channel 1 Eb/Nt [dB] PER

(1): 7.60
0.05
(2): 6.77
(1): 10.31
9 0.01
(2): 8.95
(1): 11.37
0.005
(2): 9.83
(1): 7.63
0.05
(2): 6.87
(1): 10.35
10 0.01
(2): 9.12
(1): 11.37
0.005
(2): 9.87
(1): Band Classes 0, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12
(2): Band Classes 1, 4, 6, and 8

A-32